III
41. |
Grammar to Date
1. οἰκίαι μικραί.
2. ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς.
3. ἐν οἰκίᾳ μικρᾷ.
4. ἡ οἰκία θύραν ἔχει.
5. ἡ ἡμέρα μακρὰ ἦν.
6. στρατιὰς μικρὰς ἔχουσι.
7. αἱ οἰκίαι θύρας ἔχουσι.
8. ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ οἰκίαι ἦσαν.
9. αἱ οἰκίαι μικραὶ ἦσαν.
10. μικραὶ ἦσαν αἱ θύραι τῶν οἰκιῶν.
1. small houses
2. in the market places
3. in a small house
4. The house has a door.
5. The day was long.
6. They have small armies.
7. The houses have doors.
8. In the country were houses.
9. The houses were small.
10. Small were the doors of the houses.
|
|
| 42. |
1. Of a long day.
2. For small armies.
3. In the market-place.
4. The country was small.
5. He has a small house.
1. ἡμέρας μακράς
2. στραταῖς μικραῖς
3. ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ
4. ἡ χώρα μικρὰ ἦν.
5. μικρὰν οικίαν ἔχει.
|
|
IV
46. |
Grammar to Date
1.ἐν τῇ κώμῃ ἦσαν μικραὶ σκηναί.
2. αἱ μικραὶ οἰκίαι κακαὶ ἦσαν.
3. αἱ σκηναὶ καλαὶ ἦσαν.
4. ἐν τῇ κώμῃ μάχη φοβερὰ ἦν.
5. ἡ κραυγὴ τῆς στρατιᾶς φοβερὰ ἦν.
6. ἐν ταῖς καλαῖς κώμαις ἦσαν οἰκίαι.
7. σφενδόνην ἔχει ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ.
8. κραυγὴ φοβερὰ ἐν ταῖς κώμαις ἦν.
9. ἐν ταῖς σκηναῖς ἦσαν αἱ σφενδόναι.
10. ἡ οἰκία μικρὰ ἦν καὶ ἡ σκηνὴ κακή.
1. In the village were small tents.
2. The small houses were bad.
3. The tents were beautiful.
4. In the village was a frightful battle.
5. The uproar of the army was frightful.
6. In the beautiful villages were houses.
7. He has a sling in the tent.
8. A fearful uproar was in the villages.
9. The slings were in the tents.
10. The house was small and the tent bad.
|
|
| 47. |
1. In the villages were tents.
2. They have slings in the tents.
3. The battles were fearful.
4. There was a small house in the village.
5. They have tents and slings.
1. ἐν ταῖς κώμαις ἦσαν σκηναί.
2. σφενδόνας ἔχουσιν ἐν ταῖς σκηναῖς.
3. αἱ μάχαι ἦσαν φοβεραί.
4. ἐν τῇ κώμῃ οἰκία μικρὰ ἦν.
5. σκηνὰς καὶ σφενδόνας ἔχουσιν.
|
|
V
57. |
Grammar to Date
1. βουλεύει.
2. λύουσι.
3. ἔχεις.
4. πέμπεις.
5. ἔχετε.
6. βουλεύομεν.
7. ἄγω.
8. ἁρπάζει.
9. ἁρπάζετε.
10. πέμπουσι.
1. He plans.
2. They loose (or destroy).
3. You have (or hold).
4. You send.
5. Y'all have (or hold).
6. We plot (or plan).
7. I lead (or carry or bring).
8. He seizes (or robs).
9. Y'all seize (or rob).
10. They send.
|
|
| 58. |
1. He plunders.
2. We lead.
3. They plan.
4. You send.
5. I loose.
1. ἁρπάζει.
2. ἄγομεν.
3. βουλεύουσι.
4. πέμπεις / πέμπετε.
5. λύω.
|
|
| 59. |
1. ἄγω στρατιὰν Ἑλληνικήν.
2. τὰς καλὰς σκηνὰς λύουσι.
3. οὐχ ἁρπάζω τὰς κώμας.
4. τὴν φυλακὴν ἄγουσιν ἐκ τῶν σκηνῶν.
5. ἔχουσιν οἰκίας καλάς.
6. αἱ κῶμαι πύλας οὐκ ἔχουσιν.
7. οὐ πέμπομεν τὴν φυλακήν.
8. ἁρπάζετε τὴν χώραν;
9. ἐκ τῶν κωμῶν πέμπει τὴν στρατιάν.
10. ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς ἄγεις τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν φυλακήν;
1. I lead a Greek army.
2. They destroy the beautiful (or fine) tents.
3. I do not seize (or plunder) the villages.
4. They lead the guard (or garrison) out of the tents.
5. They have beautiful (or fine) houses.
6. The villages do not have gates.
7. We do not send the guard (or garrison).
8. Do y'all seize (or plunder) the land?
9. He sends the army out of the villages.
10. Do you lead (or bring) the Greek garrison out of the market-place?
|
|
| 60. |
1. Has he a Greek guard?
2. We are not destroying the gates.
3. I am sending a garrison.
4. You have a beautiful house.
5. He is not plundering the houses in the village.
1. ἔχειν Ἑλληνικὴν φυλακήν;
2. οὐ λύομεν τὰς πύλας.
3. πέμπω φυλακήν.
4. ἔχεις καλὴν οἰκίαν.
5. οὐχ ἁρπάζει τὰς οἰκίας ἐν τῇ κώμῃ.
|
|
VI
64. |
Grammar to Date
1. ἡ θάλαττα στενὴ ἦν.
2. ἔχει οἰκίας ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ;
3. τραπέζας ἐπὶ τῶν ἁμαξῶν ἄγετε.
4. εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν πέμπουσιν ἁμάξας.
5. ἐπὶ τῇ γεφύρᾳ φυλακὴν ἔχει ἀγαθήν.
6. πέλτας ἔχομεν καὶ μαχαίρας ἀγαθάς.
7. ἐπὶ τὴν θάλατταν οὐκ ἄγω τὴν φυλακήν.
8. πέμπεις μαχαίρας τῇ στρατιᾷ;
9. ἐπὶ τὴν γέφυραν οὐκ ἄγει τὴν στρατιάν.
10. τὴν χώραν ἁρπάζεις ἐκ θαλάττης εἰς θάλατταν.
1. The sea was narrow.
2. Does he have houses by the sea?
3. Y'all are carrying tables on the wagons.
4. They send wagons into the market-place.
5. He has a brave guard at the bridge
6. We have shields and good sabres.
7. I do not lead the garrison to the sea.
8. Are you sending knives to the army?
9. He is not leading the army to the bridge.
10. You plunder the land from sea to sea.
|
|
| 65. |
1. We are destroying the tables.
2. They are not plundering the wagons.
3. The bridges were long and narrow.
4. Is he bringing the sabres on the wagon?
5. He does not lead the garrison from the villages to the sea.
1. λύομεν τὰς τραπέζας.
2. οὐχ ἁρπάζουσι τὰς ἁμάξας.
3. αἱ γέφυραι ἦσαν μακραὶ καὶ στεναί.
4. ἄγει τὰς μαχαίρας ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης;
5. οὐκ ἄγει τὴν φυλακὴν ἐκ τῶν
κωμῶν εἰς τὴν θάλατταν.
|
|
VII
71. |
Grammar to Date
1.ἐλύετε.
2. ἦγον.
3. εἴχετε.
4. ἔλυον.
5. ἦγες.
6. εἶχε.
7. ἐβούλευες.
8. ἔπεμπε.
9. ἡρπάζομεν.
10. ἐβουλεύομεν.
1. Y'all were loosing.
2. I was (or They were) leading.
3. Y'all had.
4. I was loosing.
5. You were leading.
6. He was holding.
7. You were plotting.
8. He was sending.
9. We were plundering.
10. We were planning.
|
|
| 72. |
1. I loosed.
2. We had.
3. You sent.
4. He planned.
5. They plundered.
1. ἔλυον.
2. εἴχομεν.
3. ἔπεμπες.
4. ἐβούλευε.
5. ἥρπαζον.
|
|
| 73. |
1. ἡ οἰκία θύρας καλὰς εἶχε.
2. τὴν φυλακὴν ἔπεμπεν εἰς τὴν κώμην.
3. ἐν ταῖς κώμαις καλὰς εἶχεν οἰκίας.
4. ἥρπαζες τὰς σκηνάς;
5. ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας οὐκ ἦγες τὴν φυλακήν.
6. οὐχ ἡρπάζομεν τὰς μικρὰς κώμας.
7. ἁμάξας ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ εἴχετε.
8. ἐπὶ τὴν θάλατταν ἦγον τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν φυλακήν.
9. μαχαίρας καὶ σφενδόνας ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης ἦγεν.
10. φυλακὴν Ἑλληνικὴν ἐπέμπομεν εἰς τὴν ἀγοράν.
1. The house had beautiful doors.
2. He was sending the guard into the village.
3. He had fine houses in the villages.
4. Were you plundering the tents?
5. You were not leading the guard from the house.
6. We were not robbing the little villages.
7. Y'all had wagons in the market-place.
8. I was (or They were) leading the Greek garrison to the sea.
9. He was carrying knives and slings on the wagon.
10. We sent a Greek garrison into the market-place.
|
|
| 74. |
1. He was destroying the tents.
2. We did not send the garrison to the bridge.
3. They plundered the wagons.
4. They did not lead the army from the village.
5. You led the guard from the houses to the sea.
1. τὰς σκηνὰς ἔλυεν.
2. τὴν φυλακὴν εἰς τὴν γέφυραν οὐκ ἐπέμπομεν.
3. ἡρπάζον τὰς ἁμάξας.
4. ἐκ τῆς κώμης οὐκ ἦγον τὴν στρατιάν.
5. τὴν φυλακὴν ἐκ τῶν οἰκιῶν εἰς τὴν θάλατταν ἦγες.
|
|
VIII
79. |
Grammar to Date
1. δῶρα ἔπεμπε τῇ στρατιᾷ;
2. ἐν τῷ χωρίῳ ἦσαν οἰκίαι.
3. ὁ πόλεμος φοβερὸς ἦν.
4. εἰς τὸ πεδίον ἔπεμπεν ἀνθρώπους.
5. τοὺς ἵππους ἄγομεν ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου.
6. ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἦσαν καὶ ἵπποι καὶ ἄνθρωποι.
7. δῶρα πέμπομεν τοῖς συμμάχοις.
8. οἱ σύμμαχοι ἐν πολέμῳ κακοὶ ἦσαν.
9. οἱ τῶν συμμάχων λόγοι καλοὶ ἦσαν.
10. ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἦσαν οἱ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἵπποι.
1. Was he sending gifts to the army?
2. In the place were houses.
3. The war was frightful.
4. He sent men to the plain.
5. We are leading the horses from the small place.
6. In the plain were both horses and men.
7. We are sending gifts to the allies.
8. The allies in the war were cowardly.
9. The allies’ words were beautiful.
10. In the plain were the men's horses.
|
|
| 80. |
1. The allies had horses.
2. I led the horse into the village.
3. The place was narrow.
4. The man was a coward (i.e., cowardly) in war.
5. He sent horses to the allies.
1. οἱ σύμμαχοι εἶχον ἵππους.
2. εἰς τὴν κώμην τὸν ἵππον ἦγον.
3. τὸ χωρίον στενὸν ἦν.
4. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἦν κακὸς ἐν πολέμῳ.
5. τοῖς συμμάχοις ἵππους ἔπεμπεν.
|
|
IX
84. |
Grammar to Date
1. στενὴ ἦν ἡ ὁδός.
2. ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἦν θηρία.
3. τὰ πλοῖα μακρὰ ἦν.
4. ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ ἦν ὁ στρατηγός.
5. τόξα δέ, ὦ Κῦρε, οὐκ ἔχομεν.
6. ὁδὸς φανερὰ ἄγει εἰς τὰς τοῦ Κύρου κώμας.
7. εἰς τὸ πεδίον ὁ στρατηνγὸς ἔπεμπε τοὺς ἵππους.
8. τῷ στρατηγῷ οἶνον Κῦρος ἔπεμπε.
9. ἡ ὁδός, ὦ Κῦρε, ἄγει εἰς πεδίον καλόν.
10. ἦγον οἱ ἵπποι καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ τὰ ὅπλα.
1. The road was narrow.
2. In the plain were wild animals.
3. The boats were long.
4. The general was at the river.
5. But, O Cyrus, we do not have bows.
6. A visible road leads into Cyrus’ villages.
7. The general sent the horses into the plain.
8. Cyrus sent wine to the general.
9. The road, O Cyrus, leads into a beautiful plain.
10. The horses were carrying both the generals and the arms.
|
|
| 85. |
1. Cyrus sent gifts to the generals.
2. He led the horse into the river.
3. The general had ships of war.
4. We are sending the wine to Cyrus.
5. The generals sent horses to Cyrus.
1. Κῦρος δῶρα τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ἔπεμπεν.
2. τὸν ἵππον εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν ἦγεν.
3. ὁ στρατηγὸς πλοῖα μακρὰ εἶχεν.
4. πέμπομεν Κύρῳ τὸν οἶνον.
5. οἱ στρατηγοῖ ἵππους Κύρῳ ἔπεμπον.
|
|
X
95. |
Grammar to Date
1. ἕξουσι.
2. ἤθροισαν.
3. πέμψετε.
4. ἐκέλευσας.
5. ἐπιβουλεύσομεν.
6. ἐδιώξατε.
7. ἠγάγομεν.
8. ἄξετε.
9. ἔσχες.
10. ἡρπάσαμεν.
1. They will have.
2. They collected.
3. Y'all will send.
4. You commanded.
5. We shall plot against.
6. Y'all pursued.
7. We led.
8. Y'all will lead.
9. You had.
10. We seized.
|
|
| 96. |
1. I shall pursue.
2. We shall have.
3. We commanded.
4. He will collect.
5. They led (second aorist).
1. διώξω.
2. ἕξομεν.
3. ἐκελεύσαμεν.
4. ἀθροίσει.
5. ἤγαγον.
|
|
97. |
1. οὐ διώξω τοὺς πολεμίους.
2. τὰ δῶρα ἕξομεν;
3. τὰς σκηνὰς ἁρπάσουσιν οἱ βάρβαροι.
4. κελεύσει τὸν στρατηγὸν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους λύειν.
5. τοὺς συμμάχους ἤγαγεν εἰς (among) τοὺς βαρβάρους.
6. Κῦρος ἐπιβουλεύσει τῷ ἀδελφῷ.
7. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τότε ἔπεμψε Κῦρος μισθόν.
8. ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς τὴν φυλακὴν ἔσχε τὴν Ἑλληνικήν.
9. εἰς τὸ πεδίον ἀθροίσει τοὺς (his) Ἑλληνικοὺς συμμάχους.
10. καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν γέφυραν τὸν στρατηγὸν πέμπειν ἐκέλευσε Κῦρος φυλακήν.
1. I shall not pursue the enemy.
2. Shall we hold the gifts?
3. The barbarians will plunder the tents.
4. He will command the general to destroy the men.
5. He led the allies among the barbarians.
6. Cyrus will plot against his brother.
7. Then Cyrus sent pay to the men.
8. But the general had the Greek guard.
9. In the plain, he will collect his Greek allies.
10. And Cyrus comanded the general to send a garrison to the bridge.
|
|
| 98. |
1. The barbarians sent the man.
2. The generals brought (second aorist) horses at that time.
3. Will Cyrus send good wine to the general?
4. He will not plot against the allies.
5. He will command the general to pursue the enemy.
1. οἱ βάρβαροι ἔπεμψαν τὸν ἄνθρωπον.
2. ἵππους τότε ἤγαγον οἱ στρατηγοί.
3. ἀγαθὸν οἶνον τῷ στρατηγῷ Κῦρος πέμψει;
4. οὐκ ἐπιβουλεύσει τοῖς συμμάχοις.
5. κελεύσει τὸν στρατηγὸν διώκειν τοὺς πολεμίους.
|
|
XI
103. |
Grammar to Date
1. στρατιώτας καὶ ἵππους ἀθροίσω τῷ Κύρῳ.
2. ὁ δὲ νεανίας τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐπεβούλευε.
3. ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμὸν ἄξει τοὺς στρατιώτας.
4. καὶ τοὺς σὺν τῷ στρατηγῷ ὁπλίτας ἤγαγον εἰς κώμας.
5. τὸν Πέρσην ἤγαγεν εἰς τὴν τοῦ στρατιώτου σκηνήν;
6. οἱ στρατιῶται ἐν φυλακῇ ἕξουσι τοὺς Πέρσας.
7. τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμὸν ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχει.
8. ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς οὔτε τοξότην εἶχεν οὔτε πελταστήν.
9. σὺν τοῖς (his) πελτασταῖς ἐδίωκε τοὺς τοξότας.
10. ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς τριακοσίους ὁπλίτας καὶ πελταστὰς ἔχει.
1. I shall collect soldiers and horses for Cyrus.
2. But the young man was plotting against the soldiers.
3. He will lead the soldiers to the Euphrates river.
4. And they led the hoplites (that were) with the general into villages.
5. Did he lead the Persian into the soldier's tent?
6. The soldiers will hold the Persians in guard.
7. He has the Euphrates river on his right.
8. But the general had neither a bowman nor a targeteer.
9. He was pursuing the bowmen with his targeteers.
10. But the general has 300 hoplites and targeteers.
|
|
| 104. |
1. The general was not leading the hoplites.
2. Both the targeteers and the bowmen were brave.
3. The young man was in the village.
4. They sent hoplites and targeteers.
5. He will send beautiful gifts to the Persians.
1. ὁ στρατηγὸς τοὺς ὁπλίτας οὐκ ἤγεν.
2. καὶ οἱ πελτασταὶ καὶ οἱ τοξόται ἀγαθοὶ ἦσαν.
3. ὁ νεανίας ἐν τῇ κώμῃ ἦν.
4. ὁπλίτας καὶ πελταστὰς ἔπεμψαν.
5. καλὰ δῶρα τοῖς Πέρσαις πέμψει.
|
|
XII
117. |
Grammar to Date
1. ἐσχήκατε.
2. ἐλελύκει.
3. ἐστρατεύκασι.
4. τέθυκε.
5. ἐσχήκη.
6. ἡρπάκαμεν.
7. διηρπάκεσαν.
8. πέπομφας.
9. ἐκεκελεύκεσαν.
10. ἐπιβεβουλεύκασι.
1.Y'all have had.
2. He had loosed.
3. They have made an expedition.
4. He has sacrificed.
5. I had had.
6. We have plundered.
7. They had sacked.
8. You have sent.
9. They had commanded.
10. They have plotted against.
|
|
| 118. |
1. We have had.
2. I had commanded.
3. They had pursued.
4. You have sent.
5. He has plotted against.
1. ἐσχήκαμεν.
2. ἐκεκελεύκη.
3. ἐδεδιώχεσαν.
4. πέπομφας.
5. επιβεβούλευκε.
|
|
| 119. |
1. τοὺς πολεμίους δεδιώχαμεν διὰ τῶν κωμῶν εἰς τὴν θάλατταν.
2. καὶ τὰς ἁμάξας οἱ βάρβαροι διηρπάκεσαν.
3. τριακοσίους δαρεικοὺς ἐπεπόμφεμεν τοῖς ὁπλίταις.
4. Κλέαρχος δὲ ἐπεβεβουλεύκει τοῖς Πέρσαις.
5. οἱ στρατιῶται τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἤχεσαν πρὸς Κῦρον.
6. οὐκ ἐκεκελεύκει ὁ Κλέαρχος τοὺς στρατιώτας θύειν.
7. ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν πολεμίων χώραν ἐστρατεύκατε.
8. λελύκασι τοὺς (their) ὅρκους οἱ στρατηγοί· οὐ γὰρ τεθύκασι τοῖς θεοῖς.
9. ἤθροικας, ὦ Κῦρε, ἐπὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους τοὺς πελταστὰς καὶ τοὺς τοξότας.
10. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται τὰς ἁμάξας ἐλελύκεσαν διὰ τὸν (their) τῶν πολεμίων φόβον.
1.We have pursued the enemy through the villages to the sea.
2. And the barbarians had plundered the wagons completely.
3. We had sent 300 darics to the hoplites.
4. But Clearchus had plotted against the Persians.
5. The soldiers had led the man to Cyrus.
6. Clearchus had not commanded the soldiers to sacrifice.
7. Y'all have made an expedition to the enemy's country.
8. The generals have broken their oaths; for they have not sacrificed to the gods.
9. You have collected, O Cyrus, the targeteers and the bowmen against the barbarians.
10. But the soldiers had destroyed the wagons on account of their fear of the enemy.
|
|
| 120. |
1. We have broken our oaths.
2. The soldiers had sacrificed to the gods.
3. Have the peltasts sacked the villages?
4. The soldier has plotted against Cyrus.
5. His brother had ordered Cyrus to send gifts.
1. τοὺς ὅρκους λελύκαμεν.
2. οἱ στρατιῶται τοῖς θεοῖς ἐτεθύκεσαν.
3. τὰς κώμας οἱ πελτασταὶ διηρπάκασιν;
4. ὁ στρατιώτης τῷ Κύρῳ επιβεβούλευκε.
5. ὁ ἀδελφὸς τὸν Κῦρον δῶρα πέμπειν ἐκεκελεύκει.
|
|
XIII
125. |
Grammar to Date
Κῦρος, ὁ τοῦ Δαρείου
υἱός, Πέρσης ἦν καλὸς καὶ ἀγαθός. σατράπην δὲ
αὐτὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Δαρεῖος τῆς Λυδίας καὶ τῆς Φρυγίας καὶ τῆς Καππαδοκίας.
Cyrus, the son of Darius II, was a Persian, beautiful and good. And Darias made him satrap of Lydia, Phrygia, and Cappadocia.
Χωρία δὲ ἰσχυρὰ εἶχεν ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ ὁ Κῦρος καὶ πλοῖα
μακρὰ ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ, καὶ
στρατιῶται δὲ αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ
χώρᾳ ἦσαν ἀγαθοί, ὁπλῖται Ἑλληνικοὶ καὶ πελτασταὶ
καὶ τοξόται Περσικοί.
And Cyrus had a stronghold in the satrapy and war boats in the sea, and there were even brave soldiers for him in the country, Greek hoplites and targeteers and Persian bowmen.
Τισσαφέρνης δέ, ὁ τῆς Καρίας σατράπης, τῷ Κύρῳ πολέμιος ἦν, τότε δὲ οὔτε
ἐστράτευεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν οὔτε διήρπαζε τὴν χώραν. Κῦρος γὰρ στρατηγὸς ἐν πολέμῳ δεινὸς ἦν, υἱὸς δὲ τοῦ Δαρείου· ὥστε φόβον εἶχεν ὁ Τισσαφέρνης πρὸς Κῦρον.
Now Tissaphernes, the satrap of Caria, was an enemy to Cyrus, although at that time was making neither expedition against him nor sacking his country. For general Cyrus was skillful in war and was son of Darius, so that Tassaphernes held fear towards Cyrus.
|
|
XIV
132. |
Grammar to Date
1. ὄνοι ἄγριοι καὶ ἵπποι ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἦσαν.
2. ὁ Εὐφράτης ποταμὸς ἄπορος ἦν.
3. ἡ δὲ ὁδὸς στενὴ ἦν καὶ ὀρθία.
4. ἕξομεν δέ, ὦ Κῦρε, τὰ ἐπιτήδεια;
5. ὁ Ἀρταξέρξης τῷ ἀδελφῷ πολέμιος ἦν.
6. διὰ φιλίας ἀρχῆς ἄξει ὁ σατράπης τοὺς στρατιώτας.
7. τὴν πολεμίαν χώραν Δαρεῖος διηρπάκει.
8. ὥστε τῷ Ἀρταξέρξῃ πάνυ πολέμιος ἦν, Κῦρῳ δὲ πιστός.
9. οὐκ ἄξιον ἦν τῷ ὁπλίτῃ παίειν τὸν Περσικὸν τοξότην.
10. οἱ Πέρσαι οὔτε φίλιοι οὔτε πιστοὶ ἦσαν.
1. Wild asses and horses were in the plain.
2. The Euphrates river was impassable.
3. But the way was narrow and steep.
4. But Cyrus, will we have supplies?
5. Ataxerxes II was hostile to his brother.
6. The viceroy will lead the soldiers through a friendly province.
7. Darius had sacked the hostile country.
8. Wherefore he was wholly hostile to Ataxerxes II, but faithful to Cyrus.
9. It was not right for the hoplite to strike the Persian bowman.
10. The Persians were neither friendly nor trustworthy.
|
|
| 133. |
1. The road was impassable.
2. Cyrus did not send provisions to the garrison.
3. They will lead the men to strongholds.
4. The hoplites were good and faithful soldiers.
5. It was right for Cyrus to send gifts to his soldiers.
1. ἡ ὁδὸς ἄπορος ἦν.
2. τὰ ἐπιτήδεια τῇ φυλακῇ ὁ Κῦρος οὐκ ἔπεμψε.
3. ἄξουσι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους χωρίοις ἰσχυροῖς.
4. οἱ ὁπλῖται ἀγαθοὶ καὶ πιστοὶ στρατιῶται ἦσαν.
5. ἄξιον ἦν τῷ Κύρῳ πέμπειν δῶρα τοῖς στρατιώταις.
|
|
| 134. |
Κῦρος οὖν σατράπης ἦν τῆς Λυδίας καὶ τῆς φρυγίας καὶ τῆς Καππαδοκίας. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐτελεύτησε Δαρεῖος,
Ἀρταξέρξης
ὁ τοῦ Κύρου ἀδελφὸς ἐβασίλευσε τῶν Περσῶν, καὶ Τισσαφέρνης διαβάλλει τὸν Κῦρον πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὡς ἐπιβουλεύει αὐτῷ. ὁ
δ’ Ἀρταξέρξης συλλαμβάνει Κῦρον.
Then Cyrus was the viceroy of Lydia, Phrygia, and Cappadocia. And when Darius had died, Cyrus’ brother, Artaxerxes II, became king of the Persians. Tissaphernes falsely accuses Cyrus of plotting against his brother, and Artexerxes arrests Cyrus.
|
|
XV
142. |
Grammar to Date
1. ὁπλίτας ἤχασιν ἀντὶ τοξοτῶν.
2. τοῖς συμμάχοις οὕτως ἐπιβουλεύετε.
3. Κῦρον δὲ ἠτίμακε.
4. θηρία ἀπὸ ἵππου τεθήρευκα.
5. τὰς ἐπιστολὰς πέμψομεν τοῖς φίλοις;
6. Κλέαρχος, ὦ στρατιῶται, ἐπεὶ τοὺς ὅρκους λέλυκε, τὴν δίκην ἔχει.
7. τὴν δὲ χώραν ἡρπάκαμεν διὰ τὸν ὄλεθρον τῶν στρατιωτῶν.
8. τὸν ἄγγελον πέμπει πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ ἰσχυρὸν χωρίον.
1. They have sent hoplites instead of bowmen.
2. So y'all are plotting against (your) allies.
3. But he has dishonored Cyrus.
4. I have hunted wild beasts on horseback.
5. Will we send the letters to (our) friends?
6. O soldiers, Clearchus, since he has broken (his) oaths, has (his) punishment.
7. And we have plundered the land on account of the loss of the soldiers.
8. He sends the messenger back to the stronghold.
|
|
| 143. |
1. We shall collect allies for our friends.
2. He has hunted wild beasts on horseback.
3. The messenger will sacrifice to the gods.
4. I have commanded the soldiers to plunder the wagons.
5. Cyrus sends the general a letter.
1. συμμάχους ἀθροίσομεν τοῖς φίλοις.
2. θηρία ἀπὸ ἵππου τεθήρευκε.
3. ὁ ἄγγελος τοῖς θεοῖς θύσει.
4. κεκέλευκα τοὺς στρατιώτας ἁρπάζειν τὰς ἁμάξας.
5. ἐπιστολὴν τῷ στρατηγῷ Κῦρος πέμπει.
|
|
| 144. |
οὕτω δὴ ἠτίμαζε τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἀρταξέρξης. ἡ δὲ μήτηρ λύει Κῦρον καὶ ἀποπέμπει πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν. Κῦρος δὲ ἐπεὶ ἧκεν εἰς τὴν Λυδίαν, βουλεύει ὅπως βασιλεύσει ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ · πολέμιος γὰρ αὐτῷ ἦν. οἱ δ’ ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ βάρβαροι Κύρῳ φίλιοι καὶ πιστοὶ ἦσαν.
And thus Artaxerxes was dishonoring his brother. But his mother releases Cyrus and she lets him go back to his satrapy. And since Cyrus was coming into Lydia, he is planning how he will be king instead of his brother; for he was hostile to him. And the barbarians in the province were friendly and faithful to Cyrus.
|
|
XVI
151. |
Grammar to Date
1. τὸν φρούραρχον ἐπεπαίκεσαν.
2. Κῦρος οὖν τὦ ἀδελφῷ κακὸν ἐβούλευεν.
3. οἱ νεανίαι τόξα μακρὰ ἤχεσαν καὶ σφενδόνας ἀγαθάς.
4. καὶ ὁ στρατηγὸς ἐστράτευσεν ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ σατράπου χώραν.
5. συνεπέμπομεν τῷ στρατηγῷ ἄλλους στρατιώτας ἀγαθούς.
6. ἐπεὶ ἔλυσαν τὰς σπονδάς, τὰς κώμας διαρπάσομεν.
7. οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι ἐτόξευσαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἵππων.
8. τὸν λοχαγὸν ὧδε ἦγον πρὸς τὸν Κλέαρχον.
9. ὁ γὰρ Ἀρταξέρξνς ἐκεκελεύκει τὸν σατράπην δασμοὺς πέμπειν.
10. στρατιώτας ἐν τῷ ἰσχυρῷ χωρίῳ εἴχετε ἱκανοὺς τὰς κώμας διαρπάζειν.
1. They had struck the commander of the garrison.
2. Cyrus therefore was plotting evil for his brother.
3. The young men had brought long bows and good slings.
4. And the general made an expedition to the country of the viceroy.
5. We were sending other good soldiers with the general.
6. Since they broke the truce, we will sack the villages.
7. But the barbarians shot bows from their horses.
8. They were / I was leading the captain to Clearchus as follows.
9. For Artaxerxes II had commanded the satrap to send tributes.
10. You had enough soldiers in the stronghold to completely plunder the villages.
|
|
| 152. |
1. I had collected hoplites and bowmen as follows.
2. They planned evil for the others.
3. The hoplites with Cyrus were plundering the wagons.
4. Both generals and captains had sacrificed.
5. He bade the satrap send gifts.
1. ὁλίτας καὶ τοξάτας ὧδε ἠθροίκη.
2. κακὸν τοῖς ἀλλοῖς ἐβούλευσαν.
3. τὰς ἁμάξας οἱ σὺν τῷ Κύρῳ ὁπλίται ἥρπαζον.
4. καὶ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ ἐτεθύκεσαν.
5. τὸν σατράπην ἐκέλευσε δῶρα πέμπειν.
|
|
| 153. |
τὴν δὲ στρατιὰν τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν
ὧδε ἤθροιζε· τοὺς τῶν φυλακῶν
φρουράρχους κελεύει ἀθροίζειν
στρατιώτας Πελοποννησίους·
ἐνόμιζε γάρ, ὡς (as) ἔλεγε,
Τισσαφέρνην ἐπιβουλεύειν
τῇ ἀρχῇ.
καὶ ἡ μὲν ἄλλη Ἰωνία τότε τῷ
Κύρῳ φιλία καὶ πιστὴ ἦν,
Μίλητος δὲ πολεμία.
Κῦρος οὖν τὴν Μίλητον
πολιορκεῖ καὶ κατὰ (by) γῆν (land) καὶ
κατὰ θάλατταν.
And he was collecting the Greek army as follows: he ordered the commanders of the garrisons to collect the Peloponnesian soldiers; for he considered, as he said, Tissaphernes to be plotting against his rule. And the rest of Ionia at that time was certainly friendly and faithful to Cyrus, although Miletus was hostile. Accordingly, Cyrus beseiges Miletus both by land and by sea.
|
|
XVII
162. |
Grammar to Date
1. αὗται αἱ οἰκίαι θύρας ἔχουσι.
2. οὗτοι οἱ στρατιῶται ἔπαιον τὸν ξένον.
3. Ἀρίστιππος δὲ ὁ Θετταλὸς ξένος ἦν αὐτῷ.
4. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Κλέαρχος αὐτὸς ἔλεξε τάδε.
5. καὶ ἤθροιζον τοὺς πελταστὰς οὕτως οὗτοι.
6. τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα βουλεύουσι.
7. καὶ κελεύει αὐτοὺς λέγειν ταῦτα.
8. αὕτη ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ οὐκ ἦν φανερά.
9. οὗτος δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς κελεύει ἐκείνους ἁρπάζειν τὴν χώραν.
10. ταῦτα ἔλεξε Κλέαρχος · οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται, οἵ τε αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι, ἐκέλευον αὐτὸν ἄγειν τὴν στρατιάν.
1. These houses have doors.
2. These soldiers were beating the stranger.
3. But Aristippus the Thessalian was a stranger to him.
4. And after this Clearchus himself said this (the following).
5. And so these collected the targeteers.
6. They are planning these same things.
7. And he commands them to say these.
8. This plot was not evident.
9. But this same man orders those to plunder the country.
10. Clearchus said these things; but the soldiers, both of his yonder, and the others, were ordering him to lead the army.
|
|
| 163. |
1. These soldiers were friendly.
2. Cyrus sent these soldiers their pay.
3. But the general spoke to them as follows.
4. They conduct him to the same general.
1. οὗτοι οἱ στρατιῶται φίλιοι ἦσαν.
2. ὁ Κῦρος τούτοις τοῖς στρατιῶταις τὸν μισθὸν ἔπεμψεν.
3. ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς ἔλεξε αὐτοῖς τάδε.
4. αὐτὸν ἄγουσι πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν στρατηγόν.
|
|
| 164. |
οὕτως οὖν ἐπὶ Μίλητον τὴν
στρατιὰν ἤθροιζεν ὁ Κῦρος.
πρὸς δὲ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἀγγέλους
ἔπεμψε καὶ ἔλεξε τάδε ·
“ἐπιθυμῶ, ὦ Ἀρταξέρξη, καὶ
(also)
τῆς Ἰωνίας σατραπεύειν,
Τισσαφέρνην δ’ ἐκ τῆς χώρας
ἐκβάλλειν.”
καὶ ἡ μήτηρ συμπράττει
αὐτῷ ταῦτα.
ὥστε οὐχ ὑποπτεύει ὁ
Ἀρταξέρξης τὴν τοῦ Κύρου
ἐπιβουλήν · ἀπέπεμπε
γὰρ αὐτῷ τοὺς δασμοὺς
ἐκεῖνος.
So in this way was Cyrus collecting his army against Miletus. And he sent messengers to his brother and said
this, “I desire, O Artaxerxes, also to rule Ionia and to throw Tissaphernes out of the country.” His
mother even cooperates with him in this. And so Artaxerxes does not suspect Cyrus’ plan; for that one
(Cyrus) was sending off his tribute to him.
|
|
XVIII
171. |
Grammar to Date
1. εἶ ἐπὶ (in the power of) τῷ ἀδελφῷ.
2. οὐκ ἄξιόν ἐστι τὰς σπονδὰς λύειν.
3. ἐνταῦθα γάρ ἐστιν ἡ πάροδος στενή.
4. Κύρῳ μᾶλλον φίλοι ἐστὲ ἢ τῷ ἀδελφῷ.
5. ἦμεν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ.
6. Κλεάρχῳ δὲ μύριοι δαρεικοί εἰσι.
7. ξένοι ἐσμέν, ὦ Κῦρε, τῷ σατράπῃ.
8. αἱ δὲ πηγαὶ τοῦ Μαιάνδρου ποταμοῦ εἰσιν ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων.
9. Κύρῳ ἐστέ, ὦ στρατιῶται, καὶ φίλοι καὶ σύμμαχοι.
10. ἔστι δὲ Κύρῳ καὶ βασίλεια καὶ χωρίον ἰσχυρὸν ἐπὶ ταῖς τοῦ ποταμοῦ πηγαῖς.
1. You are in the power of your brother.
2. It is not right to break the truce.
3. For (t)here the passage is narrow.
4. Y'all are friendlier to Cyrus than to his brother.
5. We were in the park.
6. And there are 10,000 darics for Clearchus (Clearchus has ... ).
7. We are strangers, O Cyrus, to the satrap.
8. And the sources of the Maeander river are from the palaces.
9. Soldiers, you are both friends and allies to Cyrus.
10. But there are to Cyrus (Cyrus has ... ) both a palace and a stronghold by the river's fountains.
|
|
| 172. |
1. This country is hostile to Artaxerxes.
2. The soldiers have arms and horses.
3. These friends of Cyrus were soldiers.
4. For you are in a hostile land.
5. In this place there was a beautiful park.
1. αὕτη χώρα Ἀρταξέρξῃ πολέμιά ἐστι.
2. εἴσι τοῖς στρατιώταις ὅπλα καὶ ἵππους.
3. οὗτοι φίλοι Κύρου στρατιῶται ἦσαν.
4. εἶ γὰρ ἐν χώρᾳ πολεμίᾳ.
5. ἐνταῦθα καλὸς παράδεισος ἦν.
|
|
| 173. |
ἄλλους δὲ στρατιώτας Κύρῳ ἤθροιζε
Κλέαρχος ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος
ἐν Χερρονήσῳ· τούτῳ γὰρ ὡς
(as) φίλῳ παρέσχε μυρίους
δαρεικούς.
Ἀρίστιππος
δὲ ὁ Θετταλὸς
ξένος ἦν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἐν Θετταλίᾳ
στρατιὰν
ἤθροιζεν. ἐκέλευσε
δὲ καὶ Πρόξενον
καὶ Σοφαίνετον μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων
στρατηγῶν στρατεύειν·
καὶ ἐποίουν
οὕτως οὗτοι.
And Clearchus the Lacedaemonian collected other soldiers for Cyrus in Chernonese;
for he gave 10,000 darics to this man as to a friend.
And Aristippus the Thessalian was a guest-friend to him and was collecting an army in Thessaly.
And he commanded both Proxenus and Sophaenetus, along with the other generals, to make an expedition;
and these were doing so.
|
|
XIX
179. |
Grammar to Date
1. συστρατεύσεται σὺν Κύρῳ · πιστεύει γὰρ αὐτῷ.
2. οὐκ ἐπείθου τοῖς θεοῖς.
3. τῇ δ’ ἀληθείᾳ ἐπορεύοντο ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν.
4. Ἀρταξέρξης τὴν στρατιὰν ἄξεται.
5. τοὺς στρατιώτας ἕτοιμοί ἐσμεν λύεσθαι.
6. Κῦρος δὲ μεταπέμπεται τὸ βαρβαρικόν.
7. διὰ τοῦ πεδίου ἐπορευόμεθα εἰς κώμας.
8. Κῦρος δὲ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς καὶ τοῖς λοχαγοῖς συμβουλεύεται.
9. πέραν δὲ τοῦ Εὐφράτου ἦν κώμη · ἐκ ταύτης οἱ στρατιῶται ἠγοράζοντο τὰ ἐπιτήδεια.
1. He will take the field with Cyrus; for he trusts him.
2. You were not obeying the gods.
3. And truthfully they were proceeding to the river.
4. Artaxerxes will lead his own army.
5. We are prepared to ransom the soldiers.
6. And Cyrus summons his Persian force.
7. We were proceeding through the plain into villages.
8. And Cyrus consults with the generals and the captains.
9. And across the Euphrates was a village; from that the soldiers bought provisions for themselves.
|
|
| 180. |
1. And he was proceeding on the wagon.
2. The bowmen send for their bows.
3. He did not obey his brother.
4. You did not proceed to Cyrus.
5. The targeteers will purchase provisions for themselves.
1. ἐπορεύετο δ’ ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.
2. μεταπέμπονται τὰ τόξα οἱ τοξόται.
3. οὐκ ἐπείθετο τῷ ἀδελπῷ.
4. οὐκ ἐπορεύου εἰς τὸν Κῦρον.
5. ἀγοράσονται τὰ ἐπιτήδεια οἱ πελτάσται.
|
|
| 181. |
ἐπεὶ δ’ ἕτοιμος ἦν Κῦρος
πορεύεσθαι ἄνω, λέγει μὲν
ὅτι στρατεύεται ἐπὶ Πισίδας
· τῇ δ’ ἀληθείᾳ ἐπὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν
ἐπορεύετο.
καὶ ἀθροίζει ὡς (as if)
ἐπὶ τούτους τό τε βαρβαρικὸν
καὶ τὸ Ἑλληνικόν.
ἐνταῦθα καὶ κελεύει τόν τε
Κλέαρχον ἥκειν καὶ τὸν
Ἀρίστιππον ἀποπέμπειν
εἰς Λυδίαν τοὺς ἐν
Θετταλίᾳ στρατιώτας.
ἐκέλευσε δὲ καὶ τοὺς
ἄλλους ξένους συστρατεύεσθαι.
οἱ δὲ ἐπείθοντο · ἐπίστευον
γὰρ αὐτῷ.
And when Cyrus was ready to proceed upwards, he says that he is taking part in the expedition upon the Pisidians; but, truthfully, he was proceeding against his brother. And he collects, as if against those (Pisidians), both the Persians and the Hellenes. And thereupon he commands both Clearchus to come, and Aristippus to send the soldiers in Thessaly to Lydia. And he also commanded the other foreign soldiers to take the field. And they obeyed; for they trusted him.
|
|
XX
189. |
Grammar to Date
1. πεπόρευνται παρὰ τὸν Κῦρον.
2. οὗτος τοῦ πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους πολέμου ἡδέως πεπαύσεται.
3. τόν τε στρατηγὸν καὶ τὸν σατράπην ἀπεπέμψατο.
4. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἐπεπόρευντο σταθμοὺς πέντε διὰ φιλίας χώρας.
5. ὀλίγοι τῶν στρατιωτῶν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἠγοράσαντο.
6. οἱ ὁπλῖται πεπόρευνται ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον.
7. καὶ ὁ σατράπης
μετεπέμψατο ἵππους καὶ ὅπλα καὶ τὴν ἄλλην παρασκευὴν εἰς Φρυγίαν.
8. οἱ πολέμιοι οὐκ ἐπαύσαντο τῆς κραυγῆς διὰ ὅλης τῆς ἡμέρας.
9. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ οὗτοι παρῆσαν, ἐστρατεύσατο Κῦρος εἰς τὴν τῶν πολεμίων χώραν.
1. They proceeded to the side of Cyrus.
2. He will gladly have stopped warring against the barbarians.
3. He dismissed both the general and the viceroy.
4. And the soldiers had proceeded five day's march through friendly country.
5. A few of the soldiers bought themselves supplies.
6. The hoplites have proceeded to the summit.
7. The viceroy also summoned horses, arms, and the other equipment to Phrygia.
8. The enemy did not cease from the uproar throughout the entire day.
9. And when these also were present, Cyrus made an expedition into the enemy's territory.
|
|
| 190. |
1. Cyrus summoned few of the captains.
2. They have proceeded to the sources of the river.
3. He has consulted with Cyrus.
4. You will gladly have ceased from battle.
5. The army had advanced five days’ march.
1. ὁ Κῦρος ὀλίγους τῶν λοχαγῶν μετεπέμψατο.
2. ἐπὶ τὰς τοῦ ποταμοῦ πηγὰς πεπόρευνται.
3. συμβεβούλευται τῷ Κύρῳ.
4. ἡδέως πέπαυσει τῆς μάχης.
5. πέντε σταθμοὺς επεπόρευτο ἡ στρατιά.
|
|
191. |
οὗτοι μὲν παρῆσαν αὐτῷ εὶς Σάρδεις.
Τισσαφέρνης δὲ ἐπορεύετο παρὰ τὸν Ἀρταξέρξην · οὐ γὰρ ἐνόμιζε τὴν παρασκευὴν ταύτην εἶναι ἐπὶ Πισίδας.
καὶ Ἀρταξέρξης, ἐπεὶ ταῦτ’ ἔλεξε Τισσαφέρνης, ἀντιπαρασκευάζεται.
Κῦρος δὲ ἔχων τούτους τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐξελαύνει ἀπὸ Σάρδεων διὰ τῆς Λυδίας σταθμοὺς τρεῖς (trēs) ἐπὶ τὸν Μαίανδρον ποταμόν. ἐπὶ δὲ τούτῳ γέφυρα ἐπῆν.
ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ Φρυγίας εἰς Κολοσσάς.
These men were beside him into Sardis. But Tissaphernes proceeded to the side of Artaxerxes; for he did not believe this preparation to be against Pisidias. And Artaxerxes, when Tissaphernes reported this, prepares himself in turn.
And Cyrus marches with these soldiers from Sardis through Lydia, three day's march to the Maeander River. And on it was a bridge. And from there he marches through Phrygia to Colossae.
|
|
XXI
205. |
Grammar to Date
1. λυθησόμεθα ἐκ τούτων τῶν δεινῶν.
2. ἐν δὲ τῇ στενῇ ὁδῷ ἐπιέσθημεν ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων.
3. λέγεται ἄγγελος ἥκειν παρὰ Δαρείου.
4. οὕτω δὴ μετεπέμφθησαν οἱ τοξόται.
5. ἐδιώκοντο διὰ τοῦ πεδίου παρασάγγας ἑπτά.
6. ἐπιστολὴ ἐγράφη παρὰ τὸν Κλέαρχον.
7. ἐκ τῶν κωμῶν διηρπάσθη ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων τὰ ὅπλα.
8. ἐπὶ τῷ δεξιῷ ἐτοξεύθησαν ὁπλῖται εἴκοσιν.
9. ἐντεῦθεν πεμφθήσονται ὑπὸ Κύρου εἰς Φρυγίαν.
1. We shall be released from these perils.
2. And in the narrow road we were pressed hard by the enemy.
3. A messenger is reported to have come from Darius.
4. And so in this way the bowmen were summoned.
5. They were being pursued through the plain seven parasangs.
6. A letter was written to Clearchus.
7. The arms were completely plundered from the villages by the barbarians.
8. Twenty hoplites on the right wing were shot by arrows.
9. They will be sent by Cyrus from this place into Phrygia.
|
|
| 206. |
1. Twenty heavy-armed men were brought from this place.
2. The bridge will be destroyed.
3. He was persuaded by the general.
4. Five targeteers on the right (wing) were shot.
5. They will be hard pressed by the soldiers.
1. ἐντεῦθεν ἤχθησαν ὁπλῖται εἴκοσιν.
2. ἡ γέφυρα λυθήσεται.
3. πέπεισται τῷ στρατηγῷ.
4. ἐπὶ τῷ δεξιῷ ἐτοξεύθησαν πελτασταὶ πέντε.
5. ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν πιεσθήσονται.
|
|
| 207. |
ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος μένει ἡμέρας ἑπτά · καὶ ἧκε Μένων ὁ Θεττελὸς ὁπλίτας ἔχων καὶ πελταστάς. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει παρασάγγας εἴκοσιν εἰς Κελαινάς.
ἐνταῦθα Κύρῳ βασίλεια ἦν καὶ παράδεισος. ἐν δὲ τούτῳ ἦν ἄγρια θηρία · ταῦτα ἐκεῖνος ἐθήρευεν ἀπὸ ἵππου. οὕτω γὰρ ἐγύμναζε τοὺς ἵππους. διὰ δὲ τοῦ παραδείσου ῥεῖ ὁ Μαίανδρος ποταμός · αἱ δὲ πηγαὶ αὐτοῦ εἰσιν ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων · ῥεῖ δὲ καὶ διὰ Κελαινῶν.
Cyrus remains there seven days. And Menon the Thessalian came, having hoplites and targeteers. From there he marches twenty parasangs to Celaenae.
Cyrus had a palace and a park there. In it were wild beasts, which he used to hunt from horseback. For in this way he was exercising the horses. Now through the park flows the Maeander river, and its springs are from the palace. What's more, it also flows through Celaenae.
|
|
XXII
213. |
Grammar to Date
1. καταλελειμμένοι εἰσὶ τριάκοντα τοξόται;
2. ἅμα δὲ ἐπέπεμψο, ὦ Πρόξενε, ἐπὶ τὴν γέφυραν.
3. κατακέκοπται τοῖς πολεμίοις ἡ στρατιά.
4. ὁπλῖται χίλιοι πεπεμμένοι ἦσαν κατὰ θάλατταν.
5. ὀλίγοι τῶν Κύρου φίλων καταλελειμμένοι ἦσαν.
6. λελειμμένοι ἦσαν οἱ στρατιῶται.
7. ἐκ ταύτης τῆς κώμης ἄγγελος ἐπέπεμπτο πρὸς Κῦρον.
8. τὰ δένδρα κέκοπται.
9. Κῦρος ἀποπέπεμπται τὸν ἄγγελον.
10. τοὺς ὁπλίτας μεταπεπέμμεθα ἐκ τῆς φρυγίας.
1. Have thirty bowmen been left behind?
2. But at the same time, Proxenus, you had been sent to the bridge.
3. The army has been cut down by the enemy.
4. 1000 hoplites had been sent by sea.
5. Few of Cyrus’ friends had been left behind.
6. The soldiers had been left.
7. A messenger from this village had been sent to Cyrus.
8. The trees have been felled.
9. Cyrus has dismissed the messenger.
10. We have summoned the hoplites from Phrygia.
|
|
| 214. |
1. The army had been cut to pieces by the satrap.
2. Twenty bowmen have been left behind in the plain.
3. A letter had been written at the same time.
4. A messenger has been sent away to the satrap.
5. For a thousand soldiers had been sent to the stronghold.
1. ἡ στρατιὰ τῷ σατράπῃ κατεκέκοπτο.
2. καταλελειμμένοι εἰσὶν ἐν παιδίῳ εἴκοσι τοξόται.
3. ἅμα ἐγέγραπτο ἐπιστολή.
4. ἄγγελος ἐπὶ τὸν σατράπην ἀποπέπεμπται.
5. στρατιῶται γὰρ χίλιοι ἐπὶ τὸ ἰσχυρὸν χωρίον πεπεμμένοι ἦσαν.
|
|
| 215. |
ἔστι δὲ καὶ Ἀρταξέρξου βασίλεια ἐν Κελαιναῖς ἐρυμνὰ ἐπὶ ταῖς πηγαῖς τοῦ Μαρσύου ποταμοῦ · ῥεῖ δὲ καὶ οὗτος διὰ Κελαινῶν.
ένταῦθα μένει Κῦρος ἡμέρας τριάκοντα · καὶ ἧκε Κλέαρχος ἔχων ὀπλίτας χιλίους καὶ πελταστὰς καὶ τοξότας.
ἅμα δὲ καὶ Σοφαίνετος παρ-ῆν ἔχων ὁπλίτας χιλίους. καὶ ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος ἀριθμὸν τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐποίησεν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ, καὶ ἦσαν ὁπλῖται μὲν μύριοι καὶ χίλιοι, πελτασταὶ δὲ δισχίλιοι.
There is also Artaxerxes’ fortified palace in Calaenae, by the springs of the river Marsyas, which also flows through Calaenae.
Here Cyrus remains for thirty days. And Clearchus came having 1000 hoplites, peltasts, and bowmen. Sophaenetus was present at the same time, having 1000 hoplites. And there Cyrus made a count of the Greek soldiers in the park; and there were 11,000 hoplites and 2000 peltasts.
|
|
XXIII
223. |
Grammar to Date
1. τοῦτον δὴ εὖ πεφυλάγμεθα.
2. ἦκται ἡ στρατιὰ κατὰ (against) τὸ τῶν πολεμίων μέσον.
3. οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ἠθροισμένοι εἰσὶ καὶ συντεταγμένοι.
4. Ἀρταξέρξης εἰς μάχην παρεσκεύαστο.
5. οὗτοι οἱ στρατιῶται εὖ τεταγμένοι εἰσίν.
6. τῷ δὲ λοχαγῷ τούτῳ ἡδέως πέπεισμαι.
7. ἐτέτακτο δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ οὗτος ὁ στρατηγός.
8. οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἠγμένοι ἦσαν εἰς τὴν Ἀρταξέρξου σκηνήν.
9. καὶ τὰ ὅπλα τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐπὶ ἁμαξῶν ἦκτο καὶ ὑποζυγίων.
10. αἱ δὲ σκηναὶ πεφυλαγμέναι εἰσὶ τοῖς βαρβάροις.
1. We guarded ourselves well indeed against this.
2. The army has been led against the center of the enemy.
3. But the enemy has been collected and marshalled.
4. Artexerxes had prepared himself for battle.
5. These soldiers have been arranged well.
6. But Ive gladly obeyed this captain.
7. And this general had been posted on the left.
8. The generals had been led into the tent of Artaxerxes.
9. The arms for the soldiers had been brought on both wagons and beasts of burden.
10. And the tents have been defended by the barbarians.
|
|
| 224. |
1. The fellow has been led into the presence of Clearchus.
2. But we had obeyed Cyrus.
3. The men on the left (wing) had been posted at the bridge.
4. You have prepared yourselves against dreadful foes.
5. The horses and the beasts of burden had been led through a hostile country.
1. ὁ ἄνθρωπος πρὸς τὸν Κλεάρχον ἦκται.
2. ἐπεπείσμεθα δὲ Κύρῳ.
3. οἱ εὐώνυμοι ἄνθρωποι ἐπὶ τῇ γεφύρᾳ ἐτεταγμένοι ἦσαν.
4. παρεσκεύασθε πρὸς δεινούς πολεμίους.
5. οἱ ἵπποι καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια διὰ χώρας πολεμίας ἠγμένοι ἦσαν.
|
|
| 225. |
ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει εἰς Θύμβριον.
ἐνταῦθα
ἦν παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν κρήνη· ἐπὶ δὲ ταύτῃ λέγεται Μίδας
τὸν Σάτυρον θηρεῦσαι.
ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει εἰς Τυριαῖον,
καὶ ἐξετάζει ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ τὴν στρατιάν.
ἐκέλευσε δὲ τοὺςἙλληνικοὺς στρατιώτας ταχθῆναι ὥσπερ
εἰς (for) μάχην.
ἐτάχθησαν οὖν ἐπὶ τεττάρων (four deep)· εἶχε δὲ τὸ μὲν δεξιὸν Μένων καὶ οἱ
σὺν αὐτῷ, τὸ δὲ εὐώνυμον Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου, τὸ δὲ μέσον οἱ ἄλλοι
στρατηγοί.
He marches from this place into Thymbrium. In this place there was a spring near the road, and at this Midas is said to have caught Silenus the satyr. Thence he marches into Tyriaeum and examines the army in the plain. And he ordered the Greek soldiers to be drawn up as if for battle. They were therefore arranged four deep. And Menon and those with him had the right, and Clearchus and his men yonder had the left, and the other generals had the middle.
|
|
XXIV
236. |
Grammar to Date
1. σύμμαχοι ἀγαθοί εἰσιν οἱ ἀμφὶ Κῦρον.
2. οἱ δὲ ἀλλοι ἐθήρευον τὰ θηρία ἀπὸ ἵππων.
3. οἱ Κύρου φίλοι ἐστρατευμένοι εἰσιν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ.
4. ταῦτα περὶ τῆς στρατιᾶς ἄγγελοι παρὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ἔλεξαν Κύρῳ πρὸ τῆς μάχης.
5. μετὰ τοῦτο πορεύονται ἑπτὰ στραθμοὺς ἀνὰ πέντε παρασάγγας τῆς ἡμέρας παρὰ τὸν ποταμόν.
6 Κῦρος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ, ἀλλ ἄξιός ἐστιν ἄρχειν ἀντ ἐκείνου.
7. ἐκεῖνος δὲ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ἦρχεν · οὗτοι δ αὖ πρὸ αὐτοῦ Ἀρταξέρξου τεταγμένοι ἦσαν.
8. Κῦρος ἐκέλευσε τὸν Κλέαρχον πρῶτον μὲν τάττειν τοὺς στρατιώτας, εἶτα δὲ ἄγειν διὰ τοῦ πεδίου.
9. ὁ δὲ σατράπης πορεύεται εὐθὺς παρὰ τὸν Ἀρταξέρξην, καὶ στρατιώτας ἔχει ἀμφὶ τοὺς τριακοσίους.
1. Those about Cyrus were brave allies.
2. But the others were hunting wild beasts from horseback.
3. The friends of Cyrus took the field on his behalf.
4. The scouts from his brother reported these things about the army to Cyrus before the battle.
5. After this they proceed eight days march at the rate of five parasangs per day along the river.
6. Cyrus is not close to his brother, but is worthy to rule instead of him.
7. But that one was commanding the hoplites; and they in turn had been marshaled before Artaxerxes himself.
8. Cyrus ordered Clearcus first to draw up the soldiers, and then to lead (them) through the plain.
9. And the satrap proceeds immediately against Artaxerxes, and has 300 soldiers around him.
|
|
| 237. |
1. The messengers will proceed from the market place to the tents.
2. Cyrus and his staff proceed immediately to the palace.
3. He had a stronghold above the village.
4. Before the battle the generals sacrificed in their tents to the gods.
1. οἱ ἄγγελοι πορεύσονται ἐξ τῆς ἀγορὰς εἰς τὰς σκηνάς.
2. εὐθὺς τῇ βασίλείᾳ Κῦρος καὶ οἱ ἀμφὶ αὐτὸν πορεύονται.
3. χωρίον ἰσχυρον εἶχε ὑπὲρ τῆς κώμης.
4. πρὸ τὴς μάχης οἱ στρατηγοῖ ἐν ταῖς σκηναῖς τεθύκασι τοῖς θεοῖς.
|
|
| 238. |
ἐξετάζει οὖν ὁ Κῦρος πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς βαρβάρους · οἱ δὲ παρελαύνουσι τεταγμένοι κατὰ ἴλας · εἶτα δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους στρατιώτας. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἔπεμψεν ἄγγελον παρὰ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς τοὺς Ἑλληνικοὺς καὶ ὲκέλευσε πορεύεσθαι ὥσπερ εἰς μάχην · οἱ δὲ ταῦτα ἔλεξαν τοῖς στρατιώταις · καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐσάλπιγξεν ὁ σαλπικτής, προβάλλονται τὰ ὅπλα καὶ σὺν κραυγῇ τρέχουσιν ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνάς. τοῦτο δὲ τοῖς βαρβάροις φόβον παρεῖχε.
And so Cyrus closely examines first the barbarians, (which) having been drawn up ride past in companies, and then the rest of the soldiers. He sent behind these (soldiers) a messenger to the Greek generals and ordered them to proceed as if into battle, and they told this to their soldiers. And when the trumpeter sounded the charge, they present arms and with a shout run toward the tents. This caused fear in the barbarians.
|
|
XXV
246. |
Grammar to Date
1. Κλέαρχος εἶχεν ὁπλίτας χιλίους καὶ πελταστὰς Θρᾷκας.
2. ἐκέλευσε πορεύεσθαι τὴν φάλαγγα.
3. διὰ τοῦ θώρακος ἐτοξεύθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Κίλικος.
4. τότε δὲ ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κήρυκας ἔπεμψε περὶ σπονδῶν.
5. ἐν δὲ τῇ εἰς τὸ πεδίον εἰσβολῇ τεταγμένοι εἰσι τῶν Κιλίκων φύλακες.
6. ἀλλ ἐν μέσῳ ἦμεν τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς διώρυχος.
7. οἱ γάρ τοξόται τοὺς κλῶπας ἐδίωξαν.
8. τὸ δὲ εὐώνυμον τῆς φάλαγγος αὐτῶν παρά τῷ ποταμῷ ἦν.
9. τοῖς γὰρ Θρᾳξὶ πολέμιος ἦν.
10. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο ἐπὶ τὴν διώρυχα · γέφυραι δ’
ἐπῆσαν.
1. Clearchus had 1000 hoplites and Thracian peltasts.
2. He ordered the phalanx to proceed.
3. He was shot through his breastplate with an arrow by the Cilician.
4. And then at daybreak he sent heralds concerning a truce.
5. And in the entrance to the plain the guards of the Cicilians were assembled.
6. But we were in between the river and the ditch.
7. For the bowmen pursued the thieves.
8. And the left wing of their phalanx was beside the river.
9. For he was hostile to the Thracians.
10. From here they proceeded to the canal, and over (it) were bridges.
|
|
| 247. |
1. This thief was dishonored.
2. The Cilicians have horses.
3. He sent Thracians (as) guards.
4. The heavy-armed men had breastplates.
5. The canal is long and narrow, and a bridge is upon (it).
1. ὅδε κλώψ ἠτίμαπται.
2. ἵππους οἱ Κίλικες ἔχουσι.
3. θρᾷκας ἔπεμψε ὡς φυλακάς.
4. οἱ ὁπλῖται εἶχον θώρακας.
5. ἡ διῶρύξ ἐστι μακρὰ καὶ στενή · γέφυρα δ’ ἔπεστιν.
|
|
| 248. |
ἐκ δὲ Τυριαίου ἐξελαύνει πρὸς Δάνα. καὶ Λυκαονίαν διήρπασαν οἱ στρατιῶται · πολεμία γὰρ αὐτῷ ἦν. ἐν δὲ Δάνοις μένει ὁ Κῦρος ἡμέρας τρεῖς, καὶ ἀποκτείνει Μεγαφέρνην, φοινικιστὴν Βασίλειον · ἐπεβούλευε γὰρ αὐτῷ. ἐντεῦθεν εἰσέβαλλον εἰς τὴν Κιλικίαν · ἡ δὲ εἰσβολὴ ἦν ὁδὸς ἁμαξιτός, ὀρθία καὶ στενή · ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ Συέννεσις ὁ Κίλιξ εἶναι ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων, φυλάττων τὴν εἰσβολήν. διὰ τοῦτο ἔμενον ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ πεδίῷ.
And he marches out of Tyriaeum toward Dana. And the soldiers sacked Lycaonia, for it was hostile to him. And Cyrus remains in Dana three days, and kills Megaphernes, wearer of the royal purple, for he was plotting against him. From this place they tried to enter into Cilicia, but the entrance was a wagon-road, steep and narrow. And Syennesis the Cilician was also reported to be on the summits, guarding the pass. On account of this they remained a day in the plain.
|
|
XXVI
256. |
Grammar to Date
1. ἐν δὲ ταῖς σκηναῖς ἦσαν ἀσπίδες.
2. ἔστι δὲ στράτευμα Περσικὸν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ.
3. τοῖς οὖν θεοῖς χάριν εἶχον τῆς νίκης.
4. τὴν γέφυραν ταύτην λέλυκεν ὁ σατράπης τῆς νυκτός.
5. τῷ δὲ γέροντι τούτῳ ἐκεῖνοι πολέμιοι ἦσαν.
6. ἐπορεύοντο δὲ εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ στόμα.
7. σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς καλαὶ τῷ στρατεύματι ἐλπίδες εἰσἰ νίκης.
8. ἐν δὲ ταῖς οἰκίαις ἦσαν ὄρνιθες.
9. ἔχομεν καὶ ὅπλα καὶ ἅρματα καὶ ἱκανὰ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια.
1. And in the tents were shields.
2. And there is a Persian army in the park.
3. Therefore they were thankful to the gods for victory.
4. The viceroy destroyed this bridge during the night.
5. But to this old man those were enemies.
6. And they proceeded immediately to the rivers mouth.
7. With the gods, the army has fine hopes because of victory.
8. But there were birds in the houses.
9. We have both arms and chariots, as well as sufficient supplies.
|
|
| 257. |
1. We feel grateful to the old man.
2. At night they ceased from battle.
3. Cyrus had twenty chariots.
4. The bowmen shot birds and wild asses in the plain.
5. The army was cut to pieces by these barbarians.
1. χάριν ἔχομεν τῷ γέροντι.
2. τῆς νυκτός πέπαυνται τῆς μάχης.
3. ἅρματα εἴκοσι Κύρῳ ἦσαν.
4. οἱ τοξόται ἐτόξευσαν ὄρνιθας καὶ ὄνους ἀγρίους ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ.
5. κατεκόπησαν τὸ στράτευμα ὑπὸ τούτων τῶν βαρβάρων.
|
|
| 258. |
τῇ δ ὑστεραίᾳ ἧκεν ἄγγελος λέγων ὅτι πέφευγε Συέννεσις. Κῦρος οὖν ἀναβαίνει ἐπὶ τὰ ἄκρα, ἐντεῦθεν δὲ καταβαίνει εἰς πεδίον καλόν. διὰ δὲ τούτου ἐλαύνει παρασάγγας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν εἰς Ταρσούς, ἔνθα ἦν βασίλεια. ἐν δὲ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῇ εἰς τὸ πεδίον κατεκόπησαν, ὡς λέγεται, ἑκατὸν ὁπλῖται τοῦ Μένωνος στρατεύματος ὑπὸ τῶν Κιλίκων. οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι ἐπεὶ ἧκον, Ταρσοὺς διήρπασαν διὰ τὸν ὄλεθρον τῶν στρατιωτῶν.
And on the following day came a messenger saying that Syennesis has fled. Cyrus accordingly goes up to the summits, and thence goes down into the beautiful plain. Through this he marches five and twenty parasangs into Tarsus, where there was a palace. And in the pass leading into the plain, as it is reported, 100 hoplites of Menons army were cut down by the Cilicians. And when the rest came, they sacked Tarsus on account of the loss of the soldiers.
|
|
XXVII
265. |
1. ἥκει ἔχων πᾶν τὸ στράτευμα.
2. ταῦτα δὲ ἔλεξε πᾶσι τοῖς στρατιώταις.
3. οἱ δὲ ὁπλῖται ἅπαντες ἦσαν μύριοι καὶ χίλιοι.
4. ὁ νεανίας χαρίεις ἐστί.
5. ὗστερον δὲ χρήματα ἔπεμψεν ἑκὼν παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι.
6. εἰς δὲ τὸν παράδεισον ἔτι συνάγει πᾶν τὸ στράτευμα.
7. αἱ σπονδαί εἰσι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν.
8. στρατηγὸς ἤδη ἦν ὁ Κῦρος πάντων τῶν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ βαρβάρων.
9. ἀλλά, ὦ Κλέαρχε, οὐκέτι πορευσόμεθα ἑκόντες σὺν Κύρῳ.
10. πάντες γὰρ θαυμάσονται τοῦτον τὸν στόλον.
1. He has come having his entire army.
2. And he said these things to all the troops.
3. And the hoplites altogether were 11,000.
4. The young man is accomplished.
5. Afterwards, he willingly sent things to the whole army.
6. He is still collecting the entire army into the park.
7. The truce is also for all the others.
8. Cyrus was already general of all the barbarians on the plain.
9. But, O Clearchus, no longer shall we march willingly with Cyrus.
10. For they will all wonder at this expedition.
|
|
| 266. |
1. Everything has been done by the generals.
2. All the soldiers were proceeding willingly.
3. The gifts of the satrap were all beautiful.
4. Afterwards all the guards were drawn up.
5. The entire army proceeded through the plain twenty-five parasangs.
1. πάντα παρεσκεύανται εἰσί ὑπὸ τῶν στρατηγῶν.
2. ἑκόντες ἐπορεύοντο πάντες οἱ στρατιῶται.
3. καλὰ ἢν τὰ σατράπου δῶρα πάντα.
4. ὕστερον ἐταχθησαν πάντες φύλακες.
5. πᾶν τὸ στράτευμα ἐπορεύθη διὰ τοῦ πεδίου παρασάγγας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν.
|
|
| 267. |
ἐνταῦθα μένει Κῦρος καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ ἡμέρας εἴκοσιν. οἱ γὰρ στρατιῶται οὐκέτι ἤθελον πορεύεσθαι· ὑπώπτευον γὰρ ἤδη ἐπὶ Ἀρταξέρξην τὸν στόλον εἶναι. πρῶτος δὲ Κλέαρχος τοὺς αὑτοῦ στρατιώτας ἐκέλευε πορεύεσθαι· οἱ δὲ αὐτόν τε ἔβαλλον καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια τὰ ἐκείνου. ὕστερον δὲ συνήγαγε τοὺς στρατιώτας, καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἐδάκρυεν· οἱ δὲ ἐθαύμαζον· εἶτα δὲ ἔλεξε τάδε.
Cyrus and his army remained there twenty days. For the soldiers no longer wished to proceed; they already suspected that the expedition was against Artaxerxes. At first Clearchus ordered his own soldiers to proceed, but they were throwing stones at both him and his baggage animals. Afterwards, he brought the soldiers together, and at first he wept -- and they wondered. And then he said these things:
|
|
XXVIII
276. |
1. ἐνικᾶτε τοὺς μετὰ Κύρου φύλακας.
2. νικώμεθα ὑπὸ τῶν Κιλίκων.
3. ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν αὐτὸν ἠρώτα, Τί βοᾷς;
4. Κῦρος δὲ ὡρμᾶτο ἀπὸ τῆς κώμης τῆς νυκτὸς μετὰ Ξενοφῶντος.
5. οἱ ἀμφὶ Κῦρον λέγουσιν ὅτι τὰ πάντα νικῶσι.
6. Κῦρος Κλέαρχον πολλάκις ἐτετιμήκει· πάντας γὰρ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς εἰς πόλεμον ἐτίμα.
7. ἐρωτᾷ εἰ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις στρατιώταις αἱ σπονδαί εἰσιν.
8. οὗτοι οἱ στρατιῶται ἐνίκων τοὺς θρᾷκας.
9. ἐν τοῖς πέρσαις οἱ γέροντες τιμῶνται.
10. καὶ εὐθὺς τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ἐβόα ἄγειν τὸ στράτευμα κατὰ μέσον τὸ τῶν πολεμίων.
1. You defeated the body guards (who were) with Cyrus.
2. We are conquered by the Cilicians.
3. And Xenophon asked him, Why do you cry out?
4. And Cyrus set out from the village at night with Xenophon.
5. Those around Cyrus say that they are completely victorious.
6. Cyrus had often honored Clearchus; for he honored all good men in war.
7. He is asking if the truce is also for the other soldiers.
8. These soldiers were conquering the Thracians.
9. Amongst the Persians, the old men were esteemed.
10. And immediately he shouted to Clearchus to lead the army down the middle of the enemy.
|
|
| 277. |
1. He conquers the enemy.
2. And he honored the general with other gifts.
3. But the soldiers were shouting to the guards to stop.
4. This man asks whether you admire the army.
5. When Cyrus set out, I proceeded at once to Phrygia.
1. τοὺς πολέμιους νικᾷ.
2. ἄλλοις δὲ δώροις τὸν στρατηγὸν ἐτίμησεν.
3. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται τοῖς φύλαξι ἐβόων παύεσθαι.
4. οὗτος ἐρωτᾷ εἰ τὸ στράτευμα τιμᾶς.
5. ἐπεὶ ὡρμᾶτο ὁ Κῦρος, εὐθὺς ἐπορευόμην εἰς Φρυγίαν.
|
|
| 278. |
ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ἐμοὶ ξένος ἐστὶν ὁ Κῦρος καὶ πολλάκις ἤδη τετίμηκε. βούλομαι οὖν συμπορεύεσθαι αὐτῷ. ἐπεὶ δὲ ὑμεῖς ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἐθέλετε πείθεσθαι, ἐγὼ σὺν ὑμῖν ἕψομαι· ὑμεῖς γὰρ ἐμοί ἐστε καὶ φίλοι καὶ σύμμαχοι.
ταῦτα ἔλεξεν. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται οἵ τε αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ἐπαινοῦσι· παρὰ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων στρατηγῶν δισχίλιοι ἔχοντες τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ σκευοφόρα στρατοπεδεύονται παρὰ Κλέαρχον.
Fellow soldiers, Cyrus is a guest friend to me and many times now has honored (me). I wish therefore to accompany him. And since you are not willing to obey me, I shall follow with you. For you are to me both friends and allies.
Those are the things he said. And the soldiers, those of his and the others, commend him. And from the other generals, two thousand having arms and baggage encamp beside Clearchus.
|
|
XXIX
283. |
1. ὁ δὲ ποταμὸς καλεῖται Μαίανδρος.
2. ὁ δὲ ἄρχων ἐπολέμει ἄδικον πόλεμον.
3. τοὺς Κύρου φίλους κακῶς ποιεῖτε.
4. τούτους γὰρ τοὺς ἄρχοντας οἱ στρατιῶται μᾶλλον ἐφίλουν ἢ τοὺς ἄλλους.
5. ὑπὸ Κύρου Πρόξενος οὐκ ἠδικεῖτο.
6. κακῶς ἐποίεις τὴν τοῦ σατράπου χώραν.
7. φόβον ποιοῦσι τοῖς ἵπποις τῇ κραυγῇ.
8. πάλιν δὲ ὁ Κῦρος ἠρώτα, Ἠδίκουν τὸν ἄνθρωπον;
9. δηλοῖ δὲ ὅτι ἄπορόν ἐστιν ἄγειν τὸ στράτευμα εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα.
10. ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐπολέμουν μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων· ἐπεὶ δὲ Κῦρος ἐκάλει, ἐπορευόμην πρὸς αὐτόν.
1. The river is called Maeander.
2. But the commander was fighting an unjust war.
3. You treated the friends of Cyrus badly.
4. For the soldiers loved these leaders more than the others.
5. Proxenus was not wronged by Cyrus.
6. You were ravaging the country of the satrap.
7. They are scaring the horses with their shouting.
8. And Cyrus asked again, Were they mistreating the man?
9. And he shows that it is useless to bring the army into Greece.
10. They were fighting with the others on behalf of Greece; and when Cyrus called, I proceeded to go to him.
|
|
| 284. |
1. Are the other soldiers doing this?
2. The barbarians are wronged by the guards.
3. You love these more than (you love) the others.
4. The Thracians are wronging the allies.
5. They ask whether you were calling the bowmen.
1. ποιοῦσι οἱ ἄλλοι στρατιῶται;
2. οἱ βάρβαροι ἀδικοῦνται ὑπὸ τῶν φυλάκων.
3. τούτους μᾶλλον φιλεῖς ἢ τοὺς ἄλλους.
4. οἱ Θρᾷκες ἀδικοῦσι τοὺς συμμάχους.
5. ἐρωτῶσι εἰ τοὺς τοξότας ἐκαλεῖτε.
|
|
| 285. |
Κῦρος δὲ μετεπέμπετο τὸν Κλέαρχον· ὁ δὲ ἰέναι μὲν οὐκ ἤθελε, λάθρᾳ δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν πέμπων αὐτῷ ἄγελλον ἔλεγε θαρρεῖν.
μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα συνήγαγε τοὺς στρατιώτας καὶ δηλοῖ ὅτι ἄπορόν ἐστι πάλιν πορεύεσθαι εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἄνευ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων· ἡ δ ἀγορὰ ἦν ἐν τῷ βαρβαρικῷ στρατεύματι. οἱ δ ἐρωτῶσι Κῦρον εἰ ἡ ὁδός μακρά ἐστιν· ὁ δ ἀποκρίνεται ὅτι Ἀβροκόμας ἐχθρὸς ἀνὴρ ἐπὶ τῷ Εὐφράτῃ ποταμῷ ἐστι· πρὸς τοῦτον οὖν βούλεται πορεύεσθαι.
And Cyrus kept sending for Clearchus; but he did not wish to go and, sending a messenger to Cyrus (unbeknownst to the soldiers), said to take heart.
And after this, he collected his soldiers and made it clear that it is useless to set out again toward Greece without provisions; and (that) the marketplace was in the barbarian army. And they asked Cyrus if the road is long; and he answers that Abrocomas, a foe of his, is at the Euphrates river; against him, therefore, he wishes to march.
|
|
XXX
293. |
1. εὖνοι δὲ Κύρῷ οἱ ἄρχοντές εἰσιν.
2. φίλοις εὔνοις Κῦρος πιστὸς ἦν.
3. ἁπλοῦς ἦν ὁ τοῦ φύλακος λόγος.
4. τὰ δὲ δῶρα ἦσαν στρεπτοὶ χρυσοῖ.
5. Κῦρος ὁπλίτῇ ἑκάστῳ πέμψει πέντε μνᾶς.
6. τί ἐν νῷ
ἔχετε;
7. τότε ἐν τῇ γῇ πρῶτοι ἦσαν οὗτοι καὶ ἐν τῇ
θαλάττῃ.
8. αἱ δὲ πέλται χαλκαῖ ἦσαν.
9. δῶρα δ αὐτῷ
ἐπέμψαμεν στρεπτὸν χρυσοῦν καὶ ἀκινάκην ἀργυροῦν.
10. ἐπολέμει τοῖς Θρᾳξὶ καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν.
1. The leaders were well-disposed toward Cyrus.
2. Cyrus was loyal to well-disposed friends.
3. The word of the guard was sincere.
4. And the gifts were gold necklaces.
5. Cyrus will send each hoplite five minas.
6. What do you have in mind?
7. At that time these were first in the land and on the sea.
8. And the shields were bronze.
9. And we sent gifts to him, a gold necklace and a silver short sword.
10. He made war with the Thracians, on both land and sea.
|
|
| 294. |
1. Each of the heralds has five minas.
2. Cyrus sent the old man a gold collar.
3. What does the commander intend?
4. For Cyrus had a short sword of gold.
5. The other generals are well-disposed to Xenophon.
1. εἰσιν κήρυκι ἑκάστῳ πέντε μναῖ.
2. ὁ Κῦρος τῷ γέροντι ἔπεμψε στρεπτὸν χρυσοῦν.
3. τί ἐν νῷ ὁ ἄρχων ἔχει;
4. τῷ γὰρ Κύρῳ ἀκινάκης χρυσοῦν ἤν.
5. εὖνοι δὲ τῷ Χενοφῶντι οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοί εἰσιν.
|
|
| 285. |
τοῖς δὲ στρατιώταις ὑποψία μέν ἐστιν ὅτι ἄγει πρὸς Ἀρταξέρξην, ὅμως δὲ ἕπονται. προσαιτοῦσι δὲ μισθόν. ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ὑπισχνεῖται ἑκάστῳ στρατιώτῃ ἀντὶ δαρεικοῦ τρία ἡμιδαρεικά· ὅτι δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐν νῷ ἔχει πορεύεσθαι ἐνταῦθα ἀκούει οὐδεὶς ἔν γε τῷ φανερῷ.
ἐν δὲ Ταρσοῖς Συέννεσις μὲν ἔδωκε Κύρῳ χρήματα εἰς τὴν στρατιάν, Κῦρος δὲ ἐκείνῳ ἵππον καὶ στρεπτὸν χρυσοῦν καὶ ψέλια καὶ ἀκινάκην χρυσοῦν.
But the soldiers are apprehensive that he is marching against Artaxerxes; nevertheless, they follow. They are asking for additional pay. And he promises to each soldier instead of a daric three half-darics. But no one there hears that he intends to march on his brother, at least publicly.
And in Tarsus, Syennesis gave Cyrus money for the army, and Cyrus gave him a horse, a golden collar, a bracelet, and a gold short-sword.
|
|
XXXI
309. |
1. Κῦρος τοῖς ἵπποις καλῶς ἐχρήσατο.
2. εἰ ταῦτα ἔπραξαν, καλῶς ἔσχεν.
3. εἰ ταῦτα ἔπραξαν, καλῶς ἂν ἔσχεν.
4. Ξενοφῶν ἐβούλετο μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων πορεύεσθαι.
5. τῷ στρατεύματι ἥγηται εἰς τὸ πεδίον.
6. ἐβουλήθη πέμπειν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος ὁπλίτας.
7. τὸν δὲ στρατηγὸν ἐπειρᾶτο πείθειν.
8. εἰ μὴ βούλεται Κλέαρχος αὐτοὺς ἀπάγειν, ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ ἡγήσονται.
9. ἐπορεύετο ἄν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους, εὶ στράτευμα εἶχεν.
10. ἀλλ εἰ βούλονται σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις πορεύεσθαι εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, ἥκειν κελεύει αὐτοὺς τῆς νυκτός.
1. Cyrus made fine use of the horses.
2. If they did these things, it was well.
3. If they had done these things, it would have been well.
4. Xenophon wanted to go with the others.
5. He has led the way onto the plain for the army.
6. He wanted to send hoplites from the front ranks.
7. He tried to persuade the general.
8. If Clearchus does not want to lead them back, the other generals will lead them.
9. He would march against the enemy, if he had an army. 10. But if they want to go with the others into Greece, he orders them to come by night.
|
|
| 310. |
1. If he has the money, he will send (it) to the army.
2. He attempted to cut the enemys army to pieces in the night.
3. If this is so, I will lead the troops at once to the stronghold.
4. He would not have done this, if I had not bidden him.
5. He wished to dismiss all the guards.
1. εἰ τὰ χρήματα ἔχει, τῷ στρατεύματι πέμψει.
2. ἐπειράθη τὸ τῶν πολεμίων στράτευμα κατακόπτειν τῆς νυκτός.
3. εἰ οὕτως ἐχει, εὐθὺς ἡγήσομαι τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐπὶ τὸ ἰσχυρὸν χωρίον.
4. οὐκ ἂν ἔπραξε τοῦτο, εἰ μὴ ἐκέλευσα.
5. ἐβούλετο ἀποπέμπεσθαι πάντας τοὐς φύλακας.
|
|
| 311. |
ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς πέντε παρασάγγας τριάκοντα εἰς Ἰσσούς. ἐνταῦθα μένουσιν ἡμέρας τρεῖς· καὶ Κύρῳ παρῆσαν αἱ ἐκ Πελοποννήσον νῆες τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε καὶ ἐπ αὐταῖς ναύαρχος Πυθαγόρας Λακεδαιμόνιος. αἱ δὲ νῆες ὥρμουν παρὰ τὴν Κύρου σκηνήν. παρῆν δὲ καὶ Χειρίσοφος Λακεδαιμόνιος, μετάπεμπτος ὑπὸ Κύρου, ἑπτακοσίους ἔχων ὁπλίτας· τούτων ἐστρατήγει παρὰ Κύρῳ.
From there he marches five days journey, thirty parasangs, to Issus. There he remains three days; and Cyrus had at hand thirty five ships from the Peloponnesus and on them the sea captain Pythagoras the Spartan. And the ships were anchored near Cyrus tent. There was also Chirisophus the Spartan, sent for by Cyrus, having seven hundred hoplites; of which he commanded alongside Cyrus.
|
|
XXXII
319. |
1. ἢν παρέχωμεν ἀγοράν, ἕχετε τὰ ἐπιτήδεια.
2. ἐὰν μὴ ταῦτα ποιήσῃ, ἀδικήσει.
3. ἢν δὲ ἀποχωρήσωσι, Κῦρος αὐτοὺς οὐ τιμήσει.
4. ἐὰν φίλον ποιήσῃς τοῦτον, ὠφελήσει.
5. ἐὰν νικήσωμεν, τὴν χώραν οὐ διαρπάσει.
6. ἐὰν οὖν πέμψητε τοῦτον πρὸς Κῦρον, πλοῖα ἕξετε.
7. ἐὰν δὲ μὴ πλοῖα ἄγῃ ἱκανά, τοῖς ἄλλοις χρησόμεθα.
8. ἐὰν δὲ οἱ Κίλικες πράγματα παρέχωσι, Κῦρος πορεύσεται ἐπ αὐτούς.
9. ἐὰν νικήσω, βασιλεύσω ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ.
10. ἐὰν τὸ ἐμπόριον πολιορκήσῃς, ἀποχωρήσουσιν οἱ Κίλικες.
1. If we furnish a marketplace, you will have provisions.
2. It will be wrong if you do not do these things.
3. But if they retreat, Cyrus will not esteem them.
4. If you make him a friend, he would be useful.
5. If we are victorious, he will not plunder the country.
6. Therefore, if you will send him to Cyrus, you will have ships.
7. But if he does not bring suitable ships, we will use the others.
8. And if the Cilicians cause trouble, Cyrus will march against them.
9. If I win, I will rule instead of my brother.
10. If you beseige the emporium, the Cilicians will retreat.
|
|
| 320. |
1. The messenger shall have ten minas, if he does this.
2. If he does not collect an army, his brother will be king.
3. If we proceed to this height, those above the road will withdraw.
4. If he does not collect hoplites, he will not defeat his brother.
5. If we have troops and boats, we will besiege the emporium by land and sea.
1. ὁ ἄγγελος ἕξει δέκα μνᾶς, ἐὰν πράξῃ τοῦτο.
2. ἐὰν μὴ ἀθροίσῃ στράτευμα, ὁ ἀδελφός βασιλεύσει.
3. ἐὰν πορευώμεθα πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ ἄκρον, οἱ ὑπὲρ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἀποχωρήσουσιν.
4. ἐὰν μὴ ἀθροίσῃ ὁπλίτας, οὐ νικήσει τὸν ἀδελπόν.
5. ἐὰν στρατιώτας ἔχωμεν καὶ πλοῖα, τὸ ἐμπόριον πολιορκήσομεν κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν.
|
|
| 321. |
ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει ἐπὶ πύλας τῆς Κιλικίας καὶ τῆς Συρίας. ἦσαν δὲ αὗται δύο τείχη, καὶ τὸ μὲν πρὸ τῆς Κιλικίας τεῖχος Συέννεσις εἶχε καὶ Κιλίκων φυλακή, τὸ δὲ πρὸ τῆς Συρίας Ἀρταξέρξου ἐλέγετο φυλακὴ φυλάττειν. διὰ μέσου δὲ τούτων ῥεῖ ποταμός. καὶ ἡ πάροδος ἦν στενὴ καὶ τὰ τείχη εἰς τὴν θάλατταν καθῆκειν. ταύτας τὰς πύλας οὐκ ἐφύλαξεν Ἀβροκόμας, ἀλλ ἐπεὶ ἀκούει ὅτι Κῦρος ἐν Κιλικίᾳ ἐστί, παρὰ Ἀρταξέρξην ἀπελαύνει.
From there he marches on to the Gates of Cilicia and Syria. They consisted of two walls, and Synnesis and a Cilician garrison held the one facing the Cilician pass, and Artaxerxes garrison was said to guard the one facing Syria. Through the middle of them flows a river. And the passage was narrow and the walls extended down to the sea. Abrokamas did not guard these gates, but when he hears that Cyrus is in Cilicia, he marches away to Artaxerxes.
|
|
XXXIII
328. |
1. μὴ τοῦτον ἐάσωμεν φεύγειν.
2. πάντας ὠφελεῖν πειρᾶται, ἵνα αὐτῷ φίλοι ὦσι.
3. διὰ τοῦ πεδίου ἐλαύνωμεν.
4. Κῦρον αἰτοῦσι πλοῖα, ὡς τοὺς πελταστὰς ἀποπέμψωσι.
5. πολεμήσωμεν οὖν τοῖς βαρβάροις, ἵνα μὴ τοὺς φίλους κακῶς ποιήσωσιν.
6. ἐὰν δὲ ὁ σατράπης ᾖ ἐπὶ τῷ Εὐφράτῃ ποταμῷ, ἀπελῶ.
7. ἢν δὲ φεύγῃ, ἐκεῖ πρὸς ταῦτα βουλευσόμεθα.
8. οὐδ ἐὰν ταῦτ ἀκούσῃ, συγκαλεῖ τοὺς στρατιώτας.
9. μὴ κωλύωμεν τὸ Κύρου στράτευμα ἀπελαύνειν.
1. Lets not permit him to flee.
2. He tries to help everyone, that they might be friends to him.
3. Let us march through the plain.
4. They are asking Cyrus for boats, so they might send off the targeteers.
5. Let us make war therefore with the barbarians, that they may not harm our friends.
6. If the viceroy is at the Euphrates river, I will ride away.
7. If he should flee, there we shall consider these things.
8. Not even if he should hear these things will he summon his soldiers.
9. Lets not prevent Cyrus's army from marching away.
|
|
| 329. |
1. Cyrus, let us honor our guest.
2. Let us besiege the emporium both by land and by sea.
3. And let us send with Xenophon the peltasts from the van.
4. What will the soldiers have, if they conquer?
5. He calls the generals together to persuade them to take the field with him.
1. Ὦ Κῦρε, τὸν ξένον τιμήσωμεν.
2. πολιορκήσωμεν τὸ ἐμπόριον καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν.
3. Πέμψωμεν δὲ τῷ Ξενοφῶντι τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος πελταστάς.
4. Τὶ ἕξουσιν οἱ στρατιῶται, ἐὰν νικήσωσιν;
5. τοὺς στρατηγοὺς συγκαλεῖ ἵνα πείθῃ αὐτοὺς συστρατεύεσθαι σὺν αὐτῷ.
|
|
| 330. |
ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ Συρίας εἰς Μυρίανδον· ἐμπόριον δ ἐστὶ τὸ χωρίον ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ, καὶ οἰκεῖται ὑπὸ Φοινίκων. ἐνταῦθα μένουσιν ἡμέρας ἑπτά. καὶ Ξενίας καὶ Πασίων πλοῖον λαβόντες καὶ τὰ χρήματα ἀποπλέουσι, χαλεπαίνοντες ὅτι Κῦρος τὸν Κλέαρχον εἴα τοὺς στρατιώτας αὐτῶν ἔχειν. Κῦρος δὲ συνεκάλεσε τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ ἔλεξε τάδε· Ἀπολελοίπασιν ἡμᾶς Ξενίας καὶ Πασίων. ἀλλὰ μὰ τοὺς θεοὺς οὐκ αὐτοὺς διώξω, οὐδὲ αὐτοὺς κακῶς ποιήσω. οἱ δ ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ ἐπεὶ ἤκουσαν τὴν Κὺρου ἀρετήν, ἡδέως συνεπορεύοντο.
From there he marches out through Syria into Myriandus; the place on the sea is an emporium, and is inhabited by Phoenicians. There they remain seven days. Both Xenias and Pasion, having taken a boat and their valuables, sail away, offended that Cyrus allowed Clearchus to have their soldiers. But Cyrus called together the generals and said these things: Xenias and Pasion have deserted us. But I swear by the gods I will not persue them, neither will I do them harm. And when the other leaders heard of the goodness of Cyrus, they gladly accompanied him.
|
|
XXXIV
336. |
1. παυσώμεθα, ὦ φίλοι, ταύτης τῆς μάχης. 2. σχολῇ πορεύονται ἵνα μὴ ἡ φάλαγξ διασπασθῇ. 3. Κῦρος τὸν σατράπην φίλον οὐ νομιεῖ, ἐὰν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν πορεύηται ἐκεῖνος. 4. βοῶσι πάντες, ἵνα οἱ πολέμιοι ἐξαπατηθῶσι. 5. φοβοῦνται γὰρ μὴ οὐ ὁ σατράπης τοῦ πολέμου παύηται. 6. ἢν δὲ ἡ γέφυρα λυθῇ, οἱ πολέμιοι ἀποχωρήσουσι. 7. ἡ δὲ χώρα πολεμία ἐστίν· ἐπικίνδυνον οὖν ἔσται ἐὰν πορεύησθε δι αὐτῆς. 8. δέδοικα μὴ σπάσηται τὸν ἀκινάκην. 9. κίνδυνός ἐστι μὴ τῆς νυκτὸς οἱ πολέμιοι πορεύωνται ἐπ αὐτούς.
1.Friends, let us cease from this battle. 2. They proceed slowly in order that the phalanx would not be separated. 3. Cyrus will not consider the viceroy a friend, if he proceeds against his province. 4. All will shout, so that the enemy is misled. 5. Because they fear the satrap will not cease from the war. 6. And if the bridge is destroyed, the enemy will withdraw. 7. But the country is hostile; it will be dangerous therefore if you march through it. 8. I fear that he might draw his sword. 9. There is a danger that the enemy might advance up to them in the night.
|
|
| 337. |
1. I fear that the satrap will be sent. 2. Let us deliberate about this. 3. We will destroy the bridge, that the enemy may not send for the peltasts. 4. I do not fear that this man will be made satrap. 5. There is no danger that Cyrus will wish to pursue these generals.
1. δέδοικα μὴ σατράπης πεμφθῇ. 2. βουλευώμεθα περὶ τοῦτου. 3. τὴν γέφυραν λύσομεν μὴ τοὺς πελταστὰς μεταπέμπωσι οἱ πολεμιοι. 4. οὐ δέδοικα μὴ ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος ποιηθῇ σατράπης. 5. οὐκ κίνδυνός ἐστι μὴ Κῦρος βούληται δίωκειν τούτους τοὺς στρατηγοὺς.
|
|
| 338. |
μετὰ ταῦτα Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει παρασάγγας εἴκοσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Χάλον ποταμόν· ἐνῆσαν δὲ ἐν τῷ ποταμῷ ἰχθύες, οὓς οἱ Σύροι Θεοὺς ἐνόμιζον καὶ ἀδικεῖν οὐκ εἴων. ἐσκήνουν δὲ οἱ στρατιῶται ἐν ταῖς Παρυσάτιδος κώμαις. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ Δάρδατος ποταμοῦ. ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν βασίλεια καὶ παράδεισος καλός. Κῦρος δ αὐτὸν ἐκκόπτει καὶ τὰ βασίλεια κατακάει. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμόν.
After this Cyrus marches twenty parasangs to the Chalus River; and there were fish in the river, which the Syrians considered gods and let no one harm. And the soldiers encamped in the villages of Parysatis. Thence he marches on to the sources of the Dardas river. There was a palace here and a beautiful park. But Cyrus cuts down the park and burns the palace. Thence he marches three stages to the Ephrates river.
|
|
XXXV
342. |
1. ἐὰν δὲ τοὺς στρατιώτας ἀδικῇ, οὐκ ἐθελήσομεν ἕπεσθαι. 2. φοβοῦνται μὴ τοὺς Κύρου φίλους πειρᾶσθε κακῶς ποιεῖν. 3. ἐὰν δὲ τούτους νικῶμεν, πάντες ἕψονται. 4. ἐρωτῶμεν τὸν ἄγγελον εἰ τὸ ἀργύριον ἔχει. 5. φοβεῖται μὴ πειρῶνται κατάγειν τοὺς φυγάδας. 6. ἐν τῷ φανερῷ λέξει ἵνα πᾶσι δηλοῖ τί ἐν νῷ ἔχει. 7. ἐὰν τὸ στράτευμα ἀποχωρῇ τῆς νυκτός, ἕψονται οἱ πολέμιοι. 8. ἢν δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους στρατιώτας παρακαλῆτε, πειράσονται πάντες ἀγαθοὶ εἶναι. 9. ἢν δὲ Κῦρος ἐᾷ τὸν Κλέαρχον τοὺς στρατιώτας ἔχειν, οὐκέτι συμπορεύσονται οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοί. 10. ἐὰν νῦν τοὺς φίλους παρακαλῶμεν, ἀμαχεὶ τὴν λοιπὴν ὁδὸν πορευσόμεθα.
1.If he wrongs the soldiers, we will not want to follow. 2. They fear you will treat the friends of Cyrus badly. 3. If we defeat them, everyone will follow. 4. Let us ask the messenger if he has the money. 5. He is afraid that they might try to bring back the exiles. 6. He will speak publicly in order to make clear to everyone what he has in mind. 7. If the army withdraws at night, the enemy will follow. 8. If you summon the other soldiers, all will try to be brave. 9. But if Cyrus allows Clearchus to have their soldiers, no longer will the other generals march with him. 10. If we summon our friends now, we will proceed the rest of the journey without fighting.
|
|
| 343. |
1. Let us ask Cyrus what he intends. 2. He fears that the troops will demand their pay. 3. Let us set forth, soldiers, against these Cilicians. 4. With the help of the gods, let us conquer the enemy. 5. We fear that the soldiers may wrong our allies.
1. ἐρωτῶμεν τόν Κῦρον τί ἐν νῷ ἔχει. 2. φοβεῖται μὴ τὸν μισθὸν ἀπαιτῶσι οἱ στρατιῶται. 3. ὁρμώμεθα, ὦ στρατιῶται, ἐπὶ τούτους τοὺς Κίλικας. 4. σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς, νικῶμεν τοὺς πολεμίους. 5. δεδοίκαμεν μὴ ἀδικῶσι τοὺς συμμάχους οἱ στρατιῶται.
|
|
| 344. |
ἐνταῦθα μένουσιν ἡμέρας πέντε, καὶ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖς Κῦρος λέγει ὅτι ἡ ὁδὸς ἔσται πρὸς τὸν Ἀρταξέρξην εἰς Βαβυλῶνα· καὶ κελεύει αὐτοὺς λέγειν ταῦτα τοῖς στρατιώταις καὶ πείθειν ἕπεσθαι. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται χαλεπαίνουσι τοῖς στρατηγοῖς, καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλουσιν ἕπεσθαι ἐὰν μὴ Κῦρος αὐτοῖς χρήματα διδῷ ὥσπερ καὶ πρότερον. ταῦτα οἱ στρατηγοὶ Κύρῳ ἔλεγον· ὁ δ ὑπισχνεῖται στρατιώτῃ ἑκάστῳ πέντε ἀργυρίου μνᾶς ἐπὴν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἥκωσι. τὸ μὲν δὴ Ἑλληνικὸν οὕτως ἐπείσθη.
They remain there five days, and Cyrus says to the Greek generals that the way will be toward Artaxerxes in Babylon. And he orders them to tell this to their soldiers and to persuade them to follow. The soldiers are angry with their generals and do not want to follow unless Cyrus first give money to them just like at first. The generals tell this to Cyrus and he promises to each soldier five minas of silver as soon as they come in Babylon. Thus the Greek army was persuaded.
|
|
XXXVI
350. |
1. ἀγῶνα δὲ ἐποιήσαντο οἱ Ἕλληνες. 2. ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μεθ’ ἡγεμόνος ἐπορεύοντο οἴκαδε. 3. λέγει Κῦρος ὅτι ὁ ἀνὴρ ἐτὶ τῷ Εὐφράτῃ ποταμῷ ἐστιν. 4. ἡ δὲ μήτηρ Κῦρον ἀποπέμπει πάλιν ἐτὶ τὴν ἀρχήν. 5. ἀλλὰ καὶ πατέρα Ξενοφῶντα ἐκάλουν. 6. καὶ ἀριθμὸν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐποίησεν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ. 7. ἐψηφίσαντο δὲ οἱ Ἕλληνες πορεύεσθαι μετὰ τοῦ ἀνδρός. 8. καὶ ἔπεμψε Κῦρος πέντε μηνῶν μισθόν. 9. ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἦσαν ῥήτορες ἀγαθοί.
1. And the Greeks held games. 2. On this day they headed homeward with a guide. 3. Cyrus says that the man is at the Euphrates river. 4. And his mother sends Cyrus back to his province. 5. But they also called Xenophon father. 6. And he made a count of the Greeks in the park. 7. And the Greeks voted to proceed with the man. 8. And Cyrus sent a wage of five months. 9. There were good orators among the Greeks.
|
|
| 351. |
1. His father summoned Cyrus. 2. They voted to send men with Clearchus. 3. Cyrus was made satrap of Phrygia by his father. 4. Each man shall have five minas of silver. 5. He carried on war with the Greeks.
1. ὁ πατὴρ τὸν Κῦρον μετεπέμψατο. 2. ἐψηφίσαντο πέμψαι ἄνδρας μετὰ τοῦ Κλεάρχου. 3. Κῦρος ἐποιήθη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς σατράπης τῆς Φρυγίας. 4. ἑκάστῳ τῷ ἀνδρί ἔσονται πέντε ἀργυρίου μναῖ. 5. ἐπολέμει τοῖς Ἕλλησιν.
|
|
| 352. |
Μένων δὲ πρὶν δῆλον εἶναι τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες, πότερον ἕψονται Κύρῳ ἢ οὔ, συνέλεξε τὸ αὑτοῦ στράτευμα καὶ ἔλεξε τάδε· Ἄνδρες, νῦν δεῖται Κῦρος ἕπεσθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπὶ Ἀρταξέρξην. ἐγὼ οὖν κελεύω ὑμᾶς εὐθὺς διαβαίνειν τὸν ποταμόν. ἢ μὲν γὰρ ψηφίσωνται ἕπεσθαι, ὑμᾶς τῶν ἄλλων προτιμήσει στρατιωτῶν Κῦρος· ἢν δὲ ἀποψηφίσωνται οἱ ἄλλοι, πορευσόμεθα ἅπαντες οἴκαδε πάλιν.
Menon, before it was evident what the other Greeks were going to do, whether they would follow Cyrus or not, gathered his army and said this: Men, now Cyrus is begging the Greeks to follow (him) against Artaxerxes. I therefore order you to immediately cross the river. For if they vote to follow, Cyrus will honor you more than the other soldiers; but if the other men should vote no, we will all march home again.
|
|
XXXVII
357. |
1. τοῦτο λέγει τις. 2. τίς τοῦτο λέγει; 3. λέγουσι δέ τινες ὅτι Κῦρος ἥσθη. 4. ἦν δέ τις ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ Μένων Θετταλός. 5. καὶ ἐρωτᾷ τὸν σφενδονήφην πόσον ἀγρύριον ἔχει. 6. ἐὰν νικῶσι, τί δεῖ αὐτοὺς λύειν τὴν γέφυραν; 7. ἐν ποίοις πράγμασιν ἦσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες; 8. ἐρωτᾷ τίνος ἐστὶν ὁ ἵππος. 9. Κῦρος ἔπαισεν ἄνδρα Πέρσην καὶ ἕτερόν τινα τῶν ἡγεμόνων. 10. ἐρωτᾷ τὸν ἄγγελον τίς ἐπαινεῖ τοὺς Μένωνος στρατιώτας.
1. Someone says this. 2. Who says this? 3. And some say that Cyrus was delighted. 4. There was a certain Thessalian, Menon, in the army. 5. And he asks the slinger how much silver he has. 6. If they are victorious, why is it necessary for them to destroy the bridge? 7. The Greeks were in what sort of trouble? 8. He asks whose horse it is. 9. Cyrus struck a Persian man and one of the guides. 10. He asks the messenger who is praising the soldiers of Menon.
|
|
| 358. |
1. Why need the men proceed? 2. What does he say to this? 3. Somebody asks whether you said this. 4. What sort of men ought to take the field? 5. How many slingers have you in the army?
1. τί δεῖ τοὺς ἀνθρώρους πορεύεσθαι; 2. τί λέγει πρὸς τοῦτο; 3. ἐρωτᾷ τις εἰ ἔλεξας τοῦτο. 4. ποίους ἀνθρώπους δεῖ στρατεύεσθαι; 5. πόσους σφενδονήτας ἔχετε ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι;
|
|
| 359. |
οἱ δὲ Μένωνος στρατιῶται ἐπεὶ ταῦτ ἤκουσαν, πείθονται καὶ διαβαίνουσι τὸν ποταμὸν πρὶν τοὺς ἄλλους λέγειν τί ποιήσουσι. Κῦρος δὲ ἥσθη τε καὶ τῷ στρατεύματι δι ἀγγέλου ἔλεξεν· Ἐγὼ μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἤδη ὑμᾶς ἐπαινῶ· εὐθὺς δὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ ἐπαινέσετε, ἢ οὐκέτι ἐγὼ Κῦρός εἰμι. οἱ μὲν δὴ στρατιῶται ἐν ἐλπίσι καλαῖς ἦσαν, Μένωνι δὲ καὶ δῶρα λέγεται πέμψαι. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα δείβαινε τὸν ποταμὸν· εἵπετο δὲ καὶ τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα αὐτῷ ἅπαν.
And when Menon's soldiers heard these things, they obey and cross the river before the others told what they would do. Cyrus was pleased and said to the army, via a messenger, I, men, now honor you; and you shall also praise me, or no longer am I Cyrus (or my name isnt Cyrus). The soldiers were indeed in good hopes, and, it is also said, to have sent gifts to Menon. After these things he crossed the river; and the rest of the army followed him, to the last man.
|
|
XXXVIII
366. |
1. εἰ ταῦτα ποιήσειεν, ἀποχωρήσαιμεν ἄν. 2. εἰ παρέχοιμεν ἀγοράν, ἔχοιτ ἂν καὶ σῖτον καὶ οἶνον. 3. εἰ νικήσαιμεν, οὐκ ἂν τὴν χώραν διαρπάσειεν. 4. ἀξίους ἂν ἔχοι φίλους, εἰ ἔχοιεν τὰ ὅπλα. 5. εἰ ἀπάγοιμι αὐτοὺς πάλιν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, δικαίως ἂν χάριν ἔχοιεν. 6. εἰ δόξειε τοῖς πεζοῖς ἐπισιτίζεσθαι, τί ἂν ποιήσαιτε; 7. εἰ τὰς πύλας κλείσειαν, πολιορκήσαιτε ἂν αὐτοὺς καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν. 8. εἰ ὁ ποταμὸς μὴ πεζῇ διαβατὸς εἴη, πλοῖα συνάγοιεν ἄν. 9. εἰ δὲ μισθὸν πέμψειεν αὐτοῖς, συμμάχους ἂν ἔχοι δικαίους καὶ ἀγαθούς.
1. If he should do these things, we would depart. 2. If we were to provide a marketplace, you would have both food and wine. 3. If we should win, he would not plunder the country. 4. He would have valuable friends, if they should have weapons. 5. If I should lead them back again into Greece, they rightly would be grateful. 6. If it should seem best for the infantry to procure supplies, what would you do? 7. If they should shut the gates, you would besiege them by land and by sea. 8. If the river should prove to be unfordable by foot, they would collect boats. 9. If he would send wages to them, then he would have just and brave allies.
|
|
| 367. |
1. If you should do this, we should justly feel grateful. 2. If they should plot evil against him, he would do them harm. 3. It would be well, if the general should call the men together. 4. If we should besiege the fort, the enemy would withdraw. 5. If they should resolve to proceed, Cyrus would send them a leader.
1. εἰ τοῦτο ποιήσειας, δικαίως ἂν χάριν ἔχοιμεν. 2. εἰ τὸν κακὸν ἐπιβουλεύοιεν αὐτῷ, κακῶς ἂν αὐτούς ποιοῖ. 3. καλῶς ἂν εἴη, εἰ ὁ στρατηγὸς τοὺς στρατιώτας συγκαλέσειεν. 4. εἰ πολιορκήσαιμεν τὸ χώριον, οἱ πολέμιοι ἂν ἀποχωρήσειαν. 5. εἰ δόξειε πορεύεσθαι αὐτοῖς, ὁ Κῦρος ἂν ἠγεμόνα πέμψειεν.
|
|
| 368. |
διέβαινον δὲ τὸν ποταμὸν πεζῇ· πλοῖα γὰρ οὐκ εἶχον. οῦπώποτε δὲ οὗτος ὁ ποταμὸς διαβατὸς ἦν πεζῇ εἰ μὴ τότε, ἀλλὰ πλοίοις. ἐδόκει δὴ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις πᾶσι θεῖον εἶναι.
ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Συρίας σταθμοὺς ἐννέα παρασάγγας πεντήκοντα· καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται πρὸς τὸν Ἀράξην ποταμόν. ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν κῶμαι μεσταὶ σίτου καὶ οἴνου. ἐνταῦθα ἔμενον ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἐπεσιτίζοντο.
They were crossing the river on foot, for they did not have boats. This river had never been fordable on foot up to that time, except with boats. Indeed it seemed to all the generals and soldiers to be divine intervention.
From there he marches through Syria nine days march, fifty parasangs; and they arrive at the Araxes river. There were villages there stored with grain and wine. They remained there three days and procured supplies.
|
|
XXXIX
375. |
1. ὁ ἄρχων τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἡγεμόνα ἔπεμψεν, ἵνα διὰ τῆς πολεμίας χώρας ἄγοι αὐτούς. 2. τοῦτον τὸν ἄνδρα ὠφέλει, ἵνα φίλον ἔχοι. 3. τίς ἐπιμελεῖται ὅπως οἱ στρατιῶται τὸν μισθὸν λήψονται; 4. τῶν δὲ βαρβάρων ἐπεμελεῖτο, ὅπως πολεμεῖν τε ἱκανοὶ εἴησαν καὶ εὖνοι αὐτῷ. 5. ἐζήτουν τοὺς ἄρχοντας, ἵνα αὐτοῖς συμβουλεύοιεν. 6. τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ἐπεβούλευε Μένων, ἵνα φίλος εἴη τῷ στρατεύματι. 7. ἄξιοι ἂν εἶτε τιμῆς φίλοι, εἰ ποριζοιτε τῷ στρατεύματι ὅπλα. 8. ἐπιμελήσεται ὁ Κῦρος ὅπως οἱ στρατιῶται χάριν ἕξουσιν αὐτῷ. 9. καὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς μὲν εἴην ἂν τίμιος, αὐτῶν δὲ εἰ ἔρημος εἴην, οὐκ ἂν ἱκανὸς εἴην τοὺς φίλους ὠφελεῖν.
1.The chief sent a guide to the Greeks in order that he might lead them through the hostile country. 2. He helped this man, so that he might have (him as) a friend. 3. Who is seeing to it that the soldiers will receive their wages? 4. He was taking care of the barbarians, in order that they would be both capable to make war and be well-disposed to him. 5. They sought the leaders, in order to plan with them. 6. Menon was plotting against Clearchus, so that he might be a friend to the viceroy. 7. You would be friends worthy of honor, if you would provide arms to the army. 8. Cyrus will see to it that the soldiers will be grateful to him. 9. And with them I would be honored, and if deprived of them, I would not be able to aid my friends.
|
|
| 376. |
1. If you should send a guide, we would be grateful. 2. This he did that the rest of the Greeks might withdraw. 3. He took care that he should have good friends. 4. I did this in order that the enemy might not hear. 5. Let us plan to get provisions.
1. εἰ ἡγεμόνα πέμψειας, χάριν ἂν ἔχοιμεν. 2. τοῦτο ἐποίησεν ἵνα οἱ ἀλλοὶ Ἕλληνες ἀποχωρήσειαν. 3. ἐπεμελεῖτο ὅπως ἀγαθοὺς φίλους ἔξει. 4. ἐποίησα τοῦτο ὡς μὴ ἀκούοιεν οἱ πολέμιοι. 5. Βουλευώμεθα ὅπως ἐπισιτιούμεθα.
|
|
| 377. |
ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Ἀραβίας, τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμὸν ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχων, σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους πέντε παρασάγγας τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε. ἐν τούτῳ δὲ τῷ τόπῳ ἦν ἡ γῆ πεδίον ἅπαν ὁμαλὸν ὥσπερ θάλαττα. θηρία δὲ παντοῖα ἐνῆν, ὄνοι ἄγριοι καὶ στρουθοὶ αἱ Ἀράβιαι· ἐνῆσαν δὲ καὶ ὠτίδες καὶ δορκάδες. ταῦτα δὲ τὰ θηρία οἱ στρατιῶται ἐνίοτε ἐδίωκον ἀπὸ ἵππων· καὶ τοὺς ὄνους χαλεπὸν ἦν λαμβάνειν· θᾶττον γὰρ τῶν ἵππον ἔτρεχον.
From there he marches through Ariabia, having the Euphrates river on his right, five desolate stopping places, 35 parasangs. In this place the entire plain was smooth as a sea. There were all sorts of wild animals present, wild asses and ostriches (Arabian sparrows); There were even bustards and gazelles. And the soldiers sometimes chased these creatures on horseback, and it was difficult to catch the asses because they ran faster than the horses.
|
|
XL
383. |
1. ἔδεισε μὴ οἱ ἐχθροὶ τιμηθεῖεν. 2. εἰ οἱ Ἕλληνες πλησιάζοιεν, φοβηθεῖεν ἂν οἱ πολέμιοι. 3. Ξενοφῶντα ἄρχοντα ἐποιησάμεθα ἴνα σωθεῖμεν. 4. εὐνοϊκῶς ἂν ἔχοι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὁ Κῦρος, εἰ ψηφίσαιντο συμπορεύεσθαι. 5. εἰ ὅπλα μὴ ἔχοιμεν, καὶ τῶν σωμάτων στερηθεῖμεν ἂν. 6. εἰ δὲ πειζοίμεθα ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων, πορευοίμεθα ἂν κύκλῳ. 7. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἔδεισαν μὴ καταλειφθείησαν. 8. εἰ νικήσαιμεν, καὶ σῳζοίμεθα ἂν καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἂν ἔχοιμεν. 9. ἀλλ’ ὅμως ὁ στρατηγὸς ἐφοβήθη μὴ κυκλωθείη ἑκατέρωθεν. 10. παρεκάλουν τοὺς ἄνδρας εἴσω ὅπως αὐτοῖς συμβουλευοίμην τί δίκαιόν ἐστι καὶ πρὸς θεῶν καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων.
1. He feared that his foes would be esteemed. 2. If the Greeks should approach, the enemy would be frightened. 3. We made Xenophon leader so that we might be saved. 4. Cyrus would be well-disposed to the Greeks, if they should decide to march with him. 5. If we did not have weapons, then we would also be robbed of our lives. 6. If we should be hard pressed by the enemy, we would march in a curve. 7. The soldiers feared they would be abandoned. 8. If we should be victorious, we would both be saved and have provisions. 9. But the general still feared that he would be hemmed in on both sides. 10. I called the men inside that I might plan with them what is just before both gods and men.
|
|
| 384. |
1. I feared that the bridge would be destroyed. 2. There was danger that the barbarians might try to withdraw during the night. 3. He was afraid that the enemy would not cease from war. 4. I would not take part in the expedition, unless Xenophon were present.
1. ἔδεισα μὴ ἡ γέφυρα λυθείη. 2. κίνδυνός ἦν μὴ οἱ βάρβαροι τῆς νυκτὸς πειρηθεῖεν ἀροχωρῆσαι. 3. ἐδεισε μὴ οἱ ἐχθροὶ παύσαιντο τοῦ πολέμου. 4. οὐ στρατευοίμην ἂν, εἰ μὴ Ξενοφων παρείη.
|
|
| 385. |
οἱ γὰρ ὄνοι, ἐπεὶ οἱ στρατιῶται ἐδίωκον, προέτρεχον· καὶ πάλιν, ἐπεὶ ἐπλησίαζον οἱ ἵπποι, ταὐτὸ ἐποίουν, καὶ οὐκ ἦν λαμβάνειν εἰ μὴ οἱ στρατιῶται διετάττοντο. στρουθὸν δὲ οὐδεὶς ἔλαβεν. ταῖς γὰρ πτέρυξιν ὥσπερ ἱστίῳ ἐχρῆτο, καὶ οἱ διώκοντες ταχὺ ἐπαὺοντο. τὰς δὲ ὠτίδας, εἴ τις ταχὺ διώκει, ἔστι λαμβάνειν· πέτονται γὰρ βραχὺ καὶ ταχὺ ἀπαγορεύουσι.
For the asses, whenever the soldiers chased them, kept running ahead; and again, whenever the horses drew near, they kept doing same thing, and it was not possible to catch them unless the soldiers posted themselves at intervals. But no one caught ostriches. For they used their wings as a sail, and those pursuing quickly give up. But it is possible to catch the bustards, if one pursues quickly; for they fly a short distance and give up quickly.
|
|
XLI
390. |
1. πῶς ἂν τὴν μάχην ποιοίμην; 2. εἰ ἀκούσαιμι τὸ τούτου τοῦ κακοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὄνομα, τιμωρησαίμην ἄν. 3. κίνδυνος ἦν μὴ ὁ σατράπης λυποίη τοὺς Ἕλληνας. 4. εἰ οἱ Ἕλληνες νικῷεν τοὺς βαρβάρους, καλῶς ἂν ἔχοι. 5. οὐκ ἂν οὖν θαυμάζοιμι εἰ οἱ πολέμιοι πειρῷντο αὐτοῖς ἕπεσθαι. 6. πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο μὴ ὁ Κλέαρχος τιμωροῖτο τοὺς στρατιώτας. 7. εἰ ὅπλα ἔχοιμεν, καὶ τῇ ἀρετῇ ἂν χρῷμεθα. 8. ἐφοβοῦντο μὴ οὐκέτι τῷ στρατεύματι ἡγοῖτο. 9. εἰ δὲ ἡττῷντο οἱ φύλακες, οὐκ ἂν σωθεῖεν. 10. τούτους τοὺς μισθοφόρους τάχ ἂν μισθοῖτο, εἰ πορεύοιντο εἰς τὴν ἀρχήν.
1.How should I conduct this battle? 2. If I should hear the name of this evil man, I would take vengeance (on him). 3. There was a danger that the satrap would molest the Greeks. 4. If the Greeks should defeat the barbarians, it would be well. 5. I would not wonder, therefore, if the enemy should try to follow them. 6. They were all fearing that Clearchus would punish the soldiers. 7. If we should have weapons, we should also use (them) with courage. 8. They feared that he would no longer guide the troops. 9. And if the guards should be worsted, they would not be saved. 10. He might hire these mercenaries, if they would march to the province.
|
|
| 391. |
1. I feared that they would withdraw to the boats. 2. If we should ravage their land, the enemy would be frightened. 3. If they should be defeated, they would withdraw. 4. But when Cyrus called, I proceeded, that I might be of service to him. 5. The Greeks would march away to Phrygia, unless somebody should molest them.
1. ἔδεισα μὴ πρὸς τὰ πλοιᾶ ἀποχωρήσειαν. 2. εἰ διαρπάσαιμεν τὴν χώραν, φοβοῖντ ἂν οἱ πολέμιοι. 3. εἰ ἡττηθεῖεν, ἀποχωροῖεν ἂν. 4. ἐπεὶ δ ἐκάλει ὁ Κῦρος, ἐπορεύθην ἵνα ὠφελοίην αὐτόν. 5. ἀπελαύνοιεν ἂν οἱ Ἕλληνες πρὸς τὴν Φρυγίαν, εἰ μὴ τις λυποίη.
|
|
| 392. |
πορευόμενοι δὲ διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸν Μάσκαν ποταμόν. ἐνταῦθα ἦν πόλις ἐρήμη, ὄνομα δ αὐτῇ Κορσωτή· περὶ δ αὐτὴν ῥεῖ ὁ ποταμὸς κύκλῳ. ἐνταῦθα ἐπεσιτίσαντο. ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς ἐρήμους τρεισκαίδεκα παρασάγγας ἐνενήκοντα, τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμὸν ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχων, καὶ ἀφικνεῖται ἐπὶ Πύλας. ἐν τούτοις τοῖς σταθμοῖς πολλὰ τῶν ὑποζυγίων ἀπώλετο ὑπὸ λιμοῦ. οῦ γὰρ ἦν χόρτος οὐδὲ δένδρον, ἀλλὰ ψιλὴ ἦν ἅπασα ἡ χώρα.
Marching through this country, they arrive at the Mascas river. Here there was a deserted city, and (the) name for it (is) Corsote; and around it the river flows in a circle. There they gathered provisions. Thence he marches thirteen desolate stages, ninety parasangs, holding the Euphrates river on his right, and arrives at The Gates. During these marches, many of the baggage animals perished from hunger. For there was neither grass nor tree, but the country was entirely bare.
|
|
LXII
397. |
1. εἶχε δὲ καὶ τριήρεις ὁ Κῦρος. 2. τούτου τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὸ εὖρός ἐστι πέντε πλέθρα. 3. καὶ ἐκέλευε Κλέαρχον τοῦ δεξιοῦ κέρως ἡγεῖσθαι. 4. τὸ δὲ Μὲνωνος στράτευμα ἤδη ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ ἦν εἴσω τῶν ὀρέων. 5. ὡπλισμένοι ἦσαν θώραξι καὶ κράνεσι πάντες. 6. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύθησαν πρὸς τεῖχος ἔρημον. 7. Ξενοφῶν τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἔπεμψε Σωκράτει. 8. τοὺς στρατιώτας ὁ μὲν σῖτος ἐπέλειπε, κρέα δ ἔτι εἶχον. 9. ἦν δὲ ταῦτα τείχη, καὶ τὸ μὲν εἶχε Κιλίκων φυλακή, τὸ δὲ Ἀρταξέρξου ἐλέγετο φυλακὴ φυλάττειν. 10. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐπὶ ταῖς θύρας ταῖς Τισσαφέρνους, οἱ στρατηγοὶ παρεκλήθησαν εἴσω.
1.Cyrus also had triremes. 2. The breadth of this river is five plethra. 3. And he ordered Clearchus to command the right wing. 4. Menons army was already in the country within the mountains. 5. All have been equipped equipped with breastplates and helmets. 6. Thence they proceeded to a deserted fort. 7. Xenophon sent the letter to Socrates. 8. The soldiers were lacking grain, but still had meat. 9. These were forts, and the one held a Cilician garrison, the other, it was said, a garrison of Artaxerxes to defend it. 10. And when they were at the gates of Tissaphernes, the generals were invited inside.
|
|
| 398. |
1. But Menon had the left wing. 2. And Xenophon consults with Socrates. 3. The generals proceeded through the mountains. 4. They all had helmets of bronze. 5. Thence he sent the messenger upon the mountains.
1. ἀλλὰ τὸ εὐώνυμον ἢν τῷ Μέηωνι. 2. καὶ Ξενοφῶν Σωκράτει συμβουλεύεται. 3. οἱ στρατηγοὶ διὰ τῶν ὀρέων ἐπορεύοντο.
4. ἦσαν κράνη χαλκᾶ τοῖς πάσι.
5. ἐντεῦθεν ἔπεμψε τὸν ἄγγελον ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη.
|
|
| 399. |
οἱ δ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ τόπῳ ἄνθρωποι ὄνους ἀλέτας παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν ὀρύττοντες καὶ ποιοῦντες εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἦγον καὶ ἐπώλουν καὶ ἀνταγοράζοντες σῖτον ἔζων. τὸ δὲ στράτευμα ὁ σῖτος ἐπέλειπε, καὶ ἀγοράζεσθαι οὐκ ἦν εἰ μὴ ἐν τῇ Λυδίᾳ ἀγορᾷ ἐν τῷ Κύρου βαρβαρικῷ. καὶ τίμιος ἦν ὁ σῖτος· κρέα οὖν ἐσθίουσιν οἱ στρατιῶται. τούτων πολλοὺς δὲ τῶν σταθμῶν πάνυ μακροὺς ἤλαυνε Κῦρος· πολλάκις γὰρ ἔδει μακρὰν πορεύεσθαι πρὸς χόρτον.
The men in this place (were) living by digging up and fashioning (them) upper millstones near the river, taking (them) to Babylon and selling (them) and buying grain. The army was lacking grain, and it was not possible to buy except in the Lydian market within Cyrus Persian force. And grain was expensive; therefore the soldiers eat meat. Cyrus was making many of these stages very long; for it was often necessary to go a long way for grass.
|
|
XLIII
410. |
1. μὴ ἄγε, ὦ Κλέαρχε, τὸ στράτευμα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη. 2. μὴ ποιήσῃς ταῦτα, ὦ Σῶκρατες. 3. Κύρῳ μᾶλλον φίλοι ἔστε ἢ τῷ ἀδελφῷ. 4. μὴ δίδασκε τὸν παῖδα ἀδικεῖν. 5. μὴ ὁρμήσητε ἀνὰ κράτος κατὰ τοῦ γηλόφου. 6. ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ δύο ἀγγέλους πεμψάντων πρὸς τὸ τεῖχος. 7. σπεύσατε, ὦ Πέρσαι, καὶ κομίσατε τὰς ἁμάξας ἐκ τοῦ πηλοῦ. 8. μέρος τι τοῦ βαρβαρικοῦ στρατεύματος πέμψατε ἐπὶ τὴν γέφυραν. 9. παρακάλεσον ὥσπερ ὀργῇ τοὺς Πέρσας εἴσω. 10. καὶ εἰς τὸ μέσον τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἄγετε· παρέστω δὲ ὁ κῆρυξ.
1.Clearchus, do not lead the army to the mountains. 2. Do not do these things, Socrates. 3. Be friends to Cyrus rather than to his brother. 4. Do not teach the child to be unjust. 5. Do not hurry at full speed down the hill. 6. At daybreak, let the send two messengers to the fort. 7. Hasten, O Persians, and carry the wagons out of the mud. 8. Send a part of the barbarian army to the bridge. 9. Summon the Persians inside as if in anger. 10. And bring the leaders to the middle; and let the herald be present.
|
|
| 411. |
1. Send the messengers to the hill. 2. Be loyal to the Greeks. 3. Do not destroy the bridges. 4. Be friends and allies, soldiers, to Cyrus. 5. Fellow soldiers, do not wonder that I am grieved.
1. πέμψον ἀγγέλους ἐπὶ τοῦ γηλόφου. 2. εὔνους ἴσθι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν. 3. μὴ λύσητε τὰς γεφύρας. 4. τῷ Κύρῳ, ὦ στρατιῶται, ἔστε φίλοι καὶ σύμμαχοι. 5. ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, μὴ θαυμάζετε ὅτι λυποῦμαι.
|
|
| 412. |
καὶ δή ποτε ἐν στενῷ καὶ πηλῷ ταῖς ἁμάξαις δυσπορεύτῳ ἔταξεν ὁ Κῦρος δύο ἄρχοντας τῶν Περσῶν λαμβάνειν τοῦ βαρβαρικοῦ στρατεύματος καὶ συνεκβιβάζειν τὰς ἁμάξας. ἐπεὶ δ’ ἐδόκουν αὐτῷ σχολαίως ποιεῖν, ὥσπερ ὀργῇ ἐκέλευσε τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν Πέρσας τοὺς καλοὺς κἀγαθοὺς συνεπισπεύδειν τὰς ἁμάξας. ἔνθα δὴ μέρος τι τῆς εὐταξίας ἦν θεάσθαι.
And indeed, when in a narrow and muddy place difficult for the wagons to get through, Cyrus ordered two of the Persian leaders to enlist (some) of the barbarian army to help bring out the wagons. And when they seemed to him to go slowly, he as if in anger ordered the gentlemen accompanying him to help hurry the wagons. Thereupon indeed was an instance of their discipline seen.
|
|
XLIV
417. |
1. εἰ δὲ χρῄζεις, πορεύου ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος. 2. εἰς τὸ πεδίον ἀθροισθέντων οἱ Ἕλληνες. 3. τὰ δὲ πλοῖα μὴ μεταπέμψησθε. 4. παρακελεύεσθε Τισσαφέρνει στρεπτοὺς πέμπειν τοῖς ἄρχουσι καὶ ψέλει καὶ χιτῶνας. 5. πορευέσθω ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ χειρὶ τὴν μάχαιραν ἔχων. 6. τὰ δὲ ἐπιτήδεια ἀγοράζεσθε καὶ συμπορεύθητε. 7. εὐθὺς οὖν πορεύεσθε μετὰ Κύρου εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐπισιτισμοῦ ἕνεκα. 8. μὴ αἰτιάσησθε τὸν ἄρχοντα ὅτι ἀπαράσκευός ἐστιν. 9. τοῦτον, ὦ ανδρες στρατιῶται, παίετε καὶ βιάσασθε πορεύεσθαι.
1.If you like, advance to the mountain. 2. Let the Greeks be mustard on the plain. 3. Do not send for the boats. 4. Urge Tissaphernes to send necklaces to the chiefs, also bracelets and tunics. 5. Let him march with the sabre in his right hand. 6. Buy yourselves supplies and accompany us. 7. Therefore go immediately with Cyrus to the market-place to procure supplies. 8. Do not reproach the commander because he is unprepared. 9. Fellow soldiers, beat this man and force him to march.
|
|
| 418. |
1. Urge the soldiers to rest. 2. Send, Cyrus, for the generals and the captains of the Greeks. 3. Proceed with them, soldiers, into the villages. 4. Let the mercenaries be collected in the market-place. 5. Proceed slowly, soldiers, through the plain.
1. παρακελεύσασθε τοῖς ὁπλίταις παύσασθαι. 2. μεταπέμψαι, ὦ Κῦρε, τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ τοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων λοχαγούς. 3. συμπορεύεσθε συν αὐτοῖς, ὦ στρατιῶται, εἰς τὰς κώμας. 4. ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀθροισθέντων οἱ μισθοφόροι. 5. πορεύεσθε σχολῇ, ὧ στρατιῶται, διὰ τοῦ πεδίου.
|
|
| 419. |
ὥρμησαν γὰρ ὥσπερ περὶ νίκης κατὰ γηλόφου, ἔχοντες τούς τε καλοὺς χιτῶνας καὶ τὰς ποικίλας ἀναξυρίδας, ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ στρεπτοὺς περὶ τοῖς τραχήλοις καὶ ψέλια περὶ ταῖς χερσίν· εὐθὺς δὲ σὺν τοὺτοις εἰσεπήδησαν εἰς τὸν πηλὸν καὶ ἐξεκόμισαν τὰς ἁμάξας.
ὁ δὲ Κῦρος ἔσπευδε πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ οὐ διέτριβεν ὅπου μὴ ἐπισιτισμοῦ ἕνεκα ἤ τινος ἄλλου ἔδει· ἐβούλετο γὰρ τὸν Ἀρταξέρξην ἀπαράσκευον λαμβάνειν.
For they hastened as if for victory down the hill, having both their fine tunics and party-colored trousers, some even with necklaces around their necks and bracelets on their arms; with these things, they leapt straight away into the mud and carried out the wagons.
Cyrus hurried the whole journey and did not waste time except where to gather supplies or for something else he needed; because he planned to catch Artaxerxes unprepared.
|
|
XLV
423. |
1. μὴ πολεμεῖτε ἄδικον πόλεμον. 2. τολμάτω καὶ ὁ ἰδιώτης λέγειν. 3. μηκέτι ἀπαιτεῖτε τὸν μισθόν. 4. ὁρμᾶσθε εὐθὺς πεζῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐμπορίου. 5. ἐκ τῶν διφθερῶν σχεδίας ποιεῖσθε. 6. κάλει τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους δεῦρο. 7. μηκέτι φοβοῦ, ὦ Κλέαρχε, μὴ κυκλωθῇς ἑκατέρωθεν. 8. ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖτε Κῦρον, ἵνα διὰ φιλίας τῆς χώρας ἀπάγῃ. 9. ἐρώτα δὲ αὐτους τίνος δὴ ἕνεκα ἐστράτευσαν ἐπὶ τοὺς φίλους. 10. ἡγοῦ, ὦ νεανία, ὅπου τὸν δρόμον πεποίηκας.
1. Do not wage unjust war. 2. Let the individual also dare to speak. 3. Do not demand your wages again. 4. Set out immediately on foot from the emporium. 5. Make yourselves rafts out of the tanned hides. 6. Bid the Lacedaemonians come hither. 7. No longer fear, O Clearchus, that you will be surrounded on both flanks. 8. Ask from Cyrus a guide, so that he may lead (you) back through a friendly country. 9. Ask them why they made war on their friends. 10. Lead the way, young man, to where you have made the race-course.
|
|
| 424. |
1. Ask Cyrus for boats. 2. Try to do well by your friends. 3. Let Clearchus lead the right wing and Menon the left. 4. Call out to the general to bring the army here. 5. Besiege the stronghold both by land and by sea.
1. Κῦρον αἰτει πλοῖα. 2. πειρῶ εὐ ποιεῖν τοὺς φίλους. 3. Κλέαρχος τοῦ δεξιοῦ κέρως ἡγεῖσθω καὶ Μένων τοῦ εὐωνύμου. 4. τῷ στρατηγῷ βόα ἄγειν τὸ στράτευμα δεῦρο. 5. πολιορκεῖτε τὸ χωρίον ἰσχυρὸν καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν.
|
|
| 425. |
πέραν δὲ τοῦ Εὐφράτου ποταμοῦ κατὰ τοὺς ἐρήμους σταθμοὺς ἦν πόλις, ὄνομα δὲ Χαρμάνδη· ἐκ ταύτης οἱ στρατιῶται ἠγόραζον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, τὸν ποταμὸν διαβαίνοντες σχεδίαις ὧδε. εἰς τὰς διφθέρας ἃς εἶχον στεγάσματα τῶν σκηνῶν εἰσέβαλλον χόρτον κοῦφον, εἶτα συνῆγον καὶ συνέσπων, ἵνα μὴ βρεχθείη ἡ κάρφη. ἐπὶ τούτων διέβαινον καὶ ἐλάμβανον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, οἶνόν τε καὶ σῖτον.
Beyond the Euphrates river, on these desert marches, was a city named Charmande; the soldiers brought provisions out of it, crossing the river on rafts thusly: into the hides which they had as tent coverings, they threw light grass, then brought (the edges) together and sewed them, so that the hay would not get wet. On these they crossed and brought over their provisions, not only wine but also grain.
|
|
XLVI
430. |
1. οὐκ ἔστι πᾶσι δὴ εὐδαίμοσιν εἶναι.
2. οὗτοι δὲ πάντες ὅπλα εἶχον μέλανα.
3. πορεύεσθαι τῆς νυκτὸς οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ἦν.
4. οἱ Κύρου φίλοι τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς ἐγκρατεῖς ἔσονται.
5. ὁ τοῦ σατράπου παράδεισος πλήρης ἐστὶ φοινίκων.
6. οἱ περὶ Κῦρον Πέρσαι εἶχον χιτῶνας πολυτελεῖς.
7. παρὰ τῇ ὁδῷ ἦν μέλαν τι χωρίον.
8. ἐρωτᾷ τὀν Θρᾷκα εἰ ἀληθῆ ταῦτ’ ἐστί.
9. ἐν τούτῳ δὲ τῷ τόπῳ ἦν ἡ γῆ πεδίον ἅπαν ὁμαλὲς ὥσπερ θάλαττα.
10. καὶ ἤδη τε ἦν μέσον ἡμέρας καὶ οὐ καταφανεῖς ἦσαν οἱ πολέμιοι.
1. It is certainly not possible for everyone to be fortunate.
2. And all these men had black weapons.
3. It was not safe to journey during the night.
4. The friends of Cyrus will be the masters of his father's province.
5. The park of the viceroy is full of palm trees.
6. The Persians around Cyrus had expensive tunics.
7. Beside the road was a dark place.
8. He asks the Thracian if this is true.
9. And in this region the ground was a plain, flat like a sea.
10. Already it was the middle of the day and the enemy was not in sight.
|
|
| 431. |
1. But the birds were black.
2. The soldiers were still in plain sight.
3. This was not true.
4. It was not safe to be among the barbarians.
5. There Cyrus had a palace and a park full of wild beasts.
1. ἀλλ’ οἱ ὄρνιθες μέλανες ἦσαν.
2. ἔτι καταφανεῖς ἤσαν οἱ στρατιῶται.
3. οὐκ ἀληθῆ ἦν ταῦτα.
4. εἶναι ἐν τοῖς βαρβάροις οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ἦν.
5. ἐνταῦθα βασίλειον τῷ Κύρῳ ἦν καὶ παράδεισος πλήρης θηρίων.
|
|
| 432. |
ὁ δὲ οἶνος ἐκ τῆς βαλάνου ἐπεποίητο τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ φοίνικος, καὶ ὁ σῖτος μελίνης ἦν· ταύτης γὰρ ἦν ἡ χώρα πλήρης. ἀμφιλέγουσι δέ τι ἐνταῦθα οἵ τε τοῦ Μένωνος στρατιῶται καὶ οἱ Κλεάρχου· καὶ ὁ Κλέαρχος κρίνει ἀδικεῖν τὸν τοῦ Μένωνος καὶ παίει. ὁ δὲ ταῦτα τοῖς φίλοις ἔλεγεν. οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἐπεὶ ἤκουσαν ἐχαλέπαινον καὶ ὠργίζοντο ἰσχυρῶς τῷ Κλεάρχῳ.
The wine had been made from the dates of the palm trees, and the bread was of millet because the land was full of it. Both Menon's and Clearchus’ soldiers are fighting (about) something there, and Clearchus judges Menon's man to be wrong and hits (him). The man tells this to his friends. When the soldiers heard, they were offended and became exceedingly angry at Clearchus.
|
|
XLVII
440. |
1. ἀλλ’ εἰς ὑμᾶς τοὺς δαρεικοὺς ἐδαπάνων.
2. ὁ αὐτὸς στόλος ἐστὶν ὑμῖν τε καὶ ἡμῖν.
3. παρὰ τῇ σκηνῇ σου ξύλα ἔσχιζεν ἀξίνῃ ὁ στρατιώτης.
4. νομίζω γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ εἶναι φίλους.
5. ἀλλὰ μὰ τοὺς θεοὺς οὐκ ἔγωγε αὐτοὺς διώξω.
6. ἐμοὶ οὖν οὔτω δοκεῖ ὥρα εἶναι ἡμῖν τοῦτο σκέπτεσθαι.
7. Ξενοφῶν αὐτὸν κελεύει οἱ συμπέμπειν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος ἄνδρας.
8. ἐγὼ οὖν λέγω ὅτι σὲ δεῖ προσελαύνειν καὶ πάντα κατασκέπτεσθαι.
9. οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ αὐτὸν ἐρωτῶσι τί σφίσιν ἔσται ἐὰν νικήσωσι.
10. ἀλλ’ ἐπεὶ ὑμεῖς ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἐθέλετε πείθεσθαι οὐδὲ ἕπεσθαι, ἐγὼ σὺν ὑμῖν ἕψομαι.
1. But I was [or they were] spending my [their] darics on you.
2. The same equipment is for you as well as for us.
3. Next to your tent, a soldier was splitting wood with an axe.
4. Because I consider you to be friends to me.
5. But by the gods I certainly will not chase them.
6. Thus to me it does not yet seem to be the proper time for us to view this closely.
7. Xenophon commands him to send men from the van to him.
8. So I say that you need to ride up and examine everything.
9. The soldiers asked him what is to be for them if they should win.
10. However, since you are not willing to obey or follow me, I will follow you.
|
|
| 441. |
1. I myself summoned you.
2. He has been wronged by us.
3. This man, fellow-soldiers, is a friend of mine.
4. But if I conquer, my friends will be in honor.
5. He feared that his brother would plot against him.
1. ἐγὼ ἐκάλεσά σε.
2. ὑφ’ ὑμῶν ἠδίκηται.
3. οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ἐμοὶ φίλος ἐστίν.
4. ἀλλ’ ἐὰν ἐγὼ νίκω, οἱ φίλοι μοῦ ἐν τιμῇ ἔσονται.
5. ἐφοβέθη μὴ ἀδελφὸς οἱ ἐπιβουλεύοι.
|
|
| 442. |
τῇ δὲ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ Κλέαρχος ἧκεν εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν τὴν παρὰ τῷ παταμῷ. ἐπειδὴ δὲ αὐτὴν κατεσκέψατο, ἀφιππεύει πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνὴν διὰ τοῦ Μένωνος στρατεύματος σὺν ὀλίγοις τοῖς περὶ αὐτόν.
Κῦρος δὲ οὔπω ἧκεν, ἀλλ’ ἔτι προσήλαυνε· τῶν δὲ Μένωνος στρατιωτῶν ξύλα σχίξων τις Κλέαρχον διελαύνοντα πειρᾶται Βάλλειν τῇ ἀξίνῃ· ἄλλος δὲ λίθῳ καὶ ἄλλος, εἶτα πάντες, καὶ κραυγὴ ἦν φοβερά.
On the same day, Clearchus came to the marketplace beside the river. Then, after he spied it out,
he rides back again to his own tent through Menon's soldiers with a few of his men about him. Cyrus had not yet come, but was still approaching. As Clearchus rides through Menon's soldiers, one of them, who was splitting wood, tries to hit him with his axe, another with a stone, and (then) another, and then everyone; and the shouting was frightful.
|
|
XLVIII
450. |
1. ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ σκηνὴν ἀφιππεύσω.
2. Κῦρος δὲ μετεπέμπετο ἐκεῖνον πρὸς ἑαυτόν.
3. τούτων τῶν χωρίων πάντων σατράπαι εἰσὶν οἱ τοῦ σοῦ ἀδελφοῦ φίλοι.
4. λέγει δὲ ὅτι οἱ Ἕλληνες νικῶσι τὸ καθ’ ἑαυτούς.
5. τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀρετὴν ἐθαυμάσαμεν.
6. ἐβόων δὲ ἀλλήλοις σχολαίως ἕπεσθαι.
7. τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ ἐκέλευσε πείθεσθαι ἐμοί.
8. ἢν δ’ ἡμεῖς νικήσωμεν, δεῖ τοὺς ἡμετέρους φίλους τούτων ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι.
9. σὺ δὲ νῦν τὴν Κύρου χώραν ἔχεις καὶ τὴν σεαυτοῦ ἀρχὴν σῴζεις.
10. οὐχ ὥρα ἐστὶν ἡμῖν ἀμελεῖν ἡμῶν αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τοὺτων.
1. I will ride back to my own tent.
2. Cyrus was summoning that man to himself.
3. The viceroys of all these places are the friends of your brother.
4. He says that the Greeks defeat their opponent [that (army) against them].
5. We admired your courage.
6. They were shouting to one another to follow slowly.
7. For my father ordered this man to obey me.
8. If we are victorious, our friends (are) to be in possession of these things.
9. You now have Cyrus’ country and you preserve your own rule.
10. Now is not the time to neglect ourselves, but to plan about these things.
|
|
| 451. |
1. You have your own province.
2. They carried on war with one another.
3. He gets his own soldiers together.
4. They feared that you would neglect yourselves.
5. It is time for us to deliberate in our own behalf.
1. ἔχεις τὴν σεαυτοῦ ἀρχήν.
2. ἐπολέμουν ἀλλήλοις.
3. τοὺς αὑτοῦ στρατιώτας συνάγει.
4. ἔδεισαν μὴ ἀμελοῖτε ὑμῶν αὐτῶν.
5. ὥρα ἐστὶν ἡμῖν βουλεύεσθαι ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν.
|
|
| 452. |
ὁ δὲ Κλέαρχος καταφεύγει εἰς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ στράτευμα, καὶ εὐθὺς παραγγέλλει εἰς τὰ ὅπλα·
καὶ τοὺς μὲν ὁπλίτας αὐτοῦ ἐκέλευσε μένειν, τὰς ἀσπίδας πρὸς τὰ γόνατα ἔχοντας,
αὐτὸς δὲ λαβὼν τοὺς Θρᾷκας οἳ ἦσαν αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι, ἤλαυνεν ἐπὶ τοὺς Μένωνος,
ὥστ’ ἐκεῖνοι ἐφοβήθησαν καὶ αὐτὸς Μένων, καὶ τρέχουσιν ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα.
And Clearchus flees for refuge into his own army and immediately gives order to arms.
And his hoplites he commands to stay, they having shields (at the ready) on their knees,
and he himself, having taken the Thracians who were in his army, rode to Menon,
so that they and Menon himself were afraid, and they run for their weapons.
|
|
XLIX
463. |
1. τὰ γὰρ ἐπιτήδεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἔχειν.
2. ἥκομεν γὰρ ὑμᾶς σῴζειν.
3. ἀλλ’ οὔπω ἀνάγκη ἐστὶ φεύγειν.
4. ἀδύνατον ἔσται τῆς νυκτὸς ἀφικνεῖσθαι.
5. ἀμφοτέροις παρεκελευσάμεθα τῆς ὀργῆς παύσασθαι.
6. αὐτοῖς ἐπέτρεψε τοὺς παῖδας διδάσκειν.
7. ἡμεῖς χρῄζομεν διασωθῆναι πρὸς τὴν Ἑλλάδα.
8. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν δύο λόχους ἐκέλευσε ἕπεσθαι αὐτῷ.
9. πολεμεῖν ἱκανοὶ ἦσαν καὶ εὐνοϊκῶς εἶχον Κύρῳ.
10. ἐβόων ἀλλήλοις τοὺς καθ’ ἑαυτοὺς πολεμίους εἰς φυγὴν τρέψαι.
1. Because it is not possible to get hold of supplies.
2. For we have come to save you.
3. However, it is not yet necessary to flee.
4. It will be impossible to reach at night.
5. We recommended to them both to cease from anger.
6. He entrusted his children to them to teach.
7. We need to be brought safely through to Greece.
8. He ordered two companies of hoplites to follow him.
9. They were able to make war and were well disposed to Cyrus.
10. They were shouting to each other to turn the enemy facing them to flight.
|
|
| 464. |
1. They were trying to rout my troops.
2. We, fellow-soldiers, must march on.
3. I advise you not to allow this man to do harm.
4. Why need we destroy the bridge?
5. He forced the guards to withdraw.
1. ἐπειρῶντο τρέψαι τοὺς ἐμοὺς στρατιώτας.
2. δεῖ ἡμῖν, ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, πορεύεσθαι.
3. σοῖ συμβουλεύω μὴ ἐπιτρέπειν τοὺτον κακῶν ποεῖν.
4. τί ἀνάγκη ἡμῖν τὴν γέφυραν λυεῖν.
5. ἐβιάσατο τοὺς φύλακας ἀποχωρεῖν.
|
|
| 465. |
ὁ δὲ Πρόξενος − ὕστερος γὰρ προσήλαυνε καὶ λόχος αὐτῷ εἵπετο τῶν ὁπλιτῶν
− εὐθὺς οὖν εἰς τὸ μέσον ἀμφοτέρων ἄγων ἐδεῖτο τοῦ Κλεάρχου μὴ ποιεῖν ταῦτα.
ὁ δὲ χαλεπαίνει ὅτι πρᾴως λέγει τὸ αὑτοῦ πάθος, ἐκέλευσέ τε αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ μέσου ἰέναι.
ἐν τούτῳ δὲ ἀφικνεῖται καὶ Κῦρος καὶ ἀκούει τὸ πρᾶγμα. εὐθὺς δ’ ἔλαβε τὰ παλτὰ
εἰς τὰς χεῖρας καὶ μετὰ τῶν πιστῶν ἧκεν ἐλαύνων εἰς τὸ μέσον, καὶ λέγει τάδε.
Proxenus − for he had driven ahead and a company of hoplites were following him
− immediately therefore going into the middle of both, besought Clearchus not to do this.
He [Clearchus] is angered that he speaks lightly about his trouble, and commanded him to go from between them.
In the meantime, Cyrus also arrives and hears the trouble. Immediately he takes a spear
in his hands and with his trusted ones he came riding into the midst, and spoke as follows.
|
|
L
473. |
1. οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι φασὶ βουλεύσεσθαι.
2. τοξευθῆναι Ἕλληνα ἔφη ἐπὶ τῷ δεξιῷ.
3. ἐμοὶ δέ φησι φίλος καὶ πιστὸς γενήσεσθαι.
4. Ξενοφῶντι ὠργίζοντο, νομίζοντες ἀδικηθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ.
5. φημὶ δὴ ἢ νικᾶν δεήσειν ἢ ἡττᾶσθαι.
6. ἐνομίζομεν αὐτίκα ἥξειν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον.
7. ὁμολογεῖς οὖν περὶ ἐμὲ ἄδικος γεγενῆσθαι;
8. ἔφασαν δὲ τοῦτον τὸν Πέρσην γένει προσήκειν τῷ Ἀρταξέρξῃ.
9. πάντας οὕτω δώροις ἐτίμα ὥστε αὐτῷ μᾶλλον φίλους εἶναι ἢ τῷ ἀδελφῷ.
10. πρόθυμοί ἐσμεν ταχέως πορεύεσθαι πρὶν δῆλον εἶναι τί οἱ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες ποιήσουσι.
1. The rest say they will deliberate. βουλευσόμεθα.
2. He said a Greek was shot on the right. Ἕλληνα ἐτοξεύθη ἐπὶ τῷ δεξιῷ.
3. He said (he) will be a faithful friend to me. Φίλος καὶ πίστος σοὶ γενήσομαι.
4. They were angry at Xenophon, thinking (themselves) to have been wronged by him.
ἠδικήθημεν ὑπὸ Ξενοφῶντος. ὀργιζόμεθα. ἀδικηθέντες ὑπὸ Ξενοφῶντος, ὀργιζόμεθα.
5. So I say one must conquer or be defeated [there is no other choice]. ἢ νικᾶν δεήσει ἢ ἡττᾶσθαι.
6. We thought they would come to the camp forthwith. αὐτοὶ αὐτίκα ἥξουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον.
7. So you agree you have been unjust toward me; (ἆρ’ οῦ) ἄδικος γεγένησαι περὶ ἐμέ;
8. They said this Persian comes to the race through Artaxerxes. προσήκειν -> προσήκει.
9. Thus he kept honoring everyone with gifts so that they would be friends more to him than to his brother.
εἶναι -> εἰσί.
10. We are ready to proceed quickly before it is clear what the other Greeks will do. εἶναι -> ὲστί.
|
|
| 474. |
1. All confessed that Cyrus was loved by the Greeks.
2. He thought that the Lacedaemonians would take the field against Tissaphernes.
3. They said they would not engage in war with Cyrus.
4. He says he will start before the enemy approaches.
5. They are not so hostile as to plot against him.
1. πάντες ὡμολόγησαν Κῦρον φιλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων.
2. ἐνόμιζε τοῦς Λακεδαιμόνιους ἐπὶ Τισσαφέρνην στρατεύσεσθαι.
3. ἔφασαν οὐ πολεμήσειν τῷ Κύρῳ.
4. φησὶ ὁρμήσεσθαι πρὶν τὸν πολέμιον πλησιάσαι.
5. οὐχ οὖτω πολέμιοί εἰσιν αὐτῷ ὥστε ἐπιβουλεύειν ἐπὶ αὐτόν.
|
|
| 475. |
“Κλέαρχε καὶ Πρόξενε καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες, τί ποιεῖτε; εἰ γάρ τινα ἀλλήλοις
μάχην συνάψετε, νομίζετε ἐν τῇδε τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐμέ τε κατακεκόψεσθαι καὶ ὑμᾶς οὐ
πολὺ ἐμοῦ ὕστερον· ἐὰν γὰρ τὰ ἡμέτερα κακῶς ἔχῃ, πάντες οὗτοι οἱ βάρβαροι πολέμιοι ἡμῖν ἔσονται.”
Κλέαρχος δὲ ἐπεὶ ἤκουσε ταῦτα ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἐγένετο, καὶ ἐπαύσαντο ἀμφότεροι τῆς ὀργῆς.
“Clearchus and Proxene and you other Greeks, what are you doing?
Because if you start engaging one another in vain (fighting amongst yourselves),
know that on this very day I will have been slain and you not long after me.
For if our affairs go badly, all these barbarians will be hostile to us.”
When Clearchus heard these things, he returned to his senses, and both ceased from their anger.
|
|
LI
479. |
1. τὴν τοῦ στρατεύματος τάξιν ἐθαύμασεν.
2. οὗτος ἐπολέμησεν ἐμοὶ ἔχων τὴν ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἀκρόπολιν.
3. ὁ ποταμός ἐστι τὸ εὖρος πλέθρου, πλήρης δ’ ἰχθύων.
4. ἔστι δὲ καὶ βασίλεια ἐπὶ ταῖς τοῦ ποταμοῦ πηγαῖς ὑπὸ τῇ ἀκροπόλει.
5. παρὰ ταύτην τὴν πόλιν ἦν γήλοφος.
6. ἐν τῷ τῶν Ἀθηναίων ἄστει ἦν ἀκρόπολις καλή.
7. εἶχον δὲ οὗτοι καὶ δόρυ ὡς πεντεκαίδεκα πήχεων λόγχην ἔχον.
8. Κῦρος δ’ ἐξέτασιν ποιεῖται τῶν Ἕλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ περὶ μέσας νύκτας.
9. σὺ δὲ ὦ σατράπη, τήν τε Κύρου δύναμιν καὶ χώραν ἔχεις καὶ τὴν σαυτοῦ ἀρχὴν σῴζεις, ἡ δὲ Ἀρταξέρξου δύναμίς σοι σύμμαχός ἐστιν.
1. He marveled at the order of the army.
2. That man, having a citadel in Sardis, made war against me.
3. The river is the width of a plethrum and full of fish.
4. There is also a palace at the head of the river below the acropolis.
5. Near this city was a hill.
6. In the town of the Athenians was a beautiful acropolis.
7. These men also had a spear shaft about fifteen cubits with a spear point.
8. Cyrus made a review of the Greeks and the barbarians in the plain around midnight.
9. You, satrap, have both the power and country of Cyrus and you protect your own rule, and you have an alliance with the troops of Artexerxes.
|
|
| 480. |
1. He had garrisons in the cities.
2. There are fish in these rivers.
3. For Cyrus sent the tributes from these cities.
4. There he made a review and enumeration of the Greeks.
5. If you make use of the Greek Force, you will easily conquer these barbarians.
1. τοὺς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν φυλακὰς εἶχε.
2. εἰσὶν ἰχθύες ἐν τούτοις τοῖς ποταμοῖς.
3. Κύρος γὰρ ἔπεμψε τοὺς δασμοὺς ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν πόλεων.
4. ἐνταῦθα ἐποίησεν ἐξέτασιν καὶ ἀριθμὸν τῶν Ἕλλήνων.
5. ἐὰν τῇ Ἑλληνικῇ δυνάμει χρᾷ, νικήσεις ῥᾳδίως τούτους τοὺς βαρβάρους .
|
|
| 481. |
ἐντεῦθεν δ’ ὡς ἐπορεύοντο, ἐφαίνετο ἴχνη ἵππων· εἰκάζετο δ’ εἶναι ταῦτα ὡς δισχιλίων ἵππων. οὗτοι ἔκαον καὶ χόρτον καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο χρήσιμον ἦν. Ὀρόντας δέ, Πέρσης ἀνήρ, γένει τε προσήκων τῷ Ἀρταξέρξῃ καὶ τὰ πολέμια λεγόμενος πάνυ ἀγαθὸς εἶναι, ἐπιβουλεύει Κύρῳ. οὗτος ἔλεξεν ὅτι εἰ αὐτῷ Κῦρος ἐπιτρέψειεν ἄνδρας χιλίους ἢ τοὺς πολεμίους κατακόψειεν ἂν ἢ αὐτοὺς ἂν κωλύσειε κάειν τὸν χόρτον.
As they were marching from there (the camp opposite Charmande), there kept appearing tracks of horses; he supposed there were approximately two thousand horses. The horsemen were burning grass and whatever else was useful. Orontas however, a Persian man, being both related to Artaxerxes by race and said to be an expert in military matters, plans against Cyrus. He said that if Cyrus would entrust a thousand men to him, he would either cut down the enemy or prevent them burning the grass.
|
|
LII
489. |
1. τριήρεις γὰρ ἔχει ὁ κωλύσων ἡμᾶς.
2. οἱ πρόσθεν ἡμῖν βοηθήσαντες τοὺς ὅρκους λελύκασιν.
3. ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, χαλεπά ἐστι τὰ παρόντα.
4. ᾤετο γὰρ τοὺς κωλύσοντας εἶναι πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ.
5. πρὸς τῷ ποταμῷ κώμη ᾠκεῖτο, ἀπέχουσα τοῦ ποταμοῦ παρασάγγην.
6. Κλέαρχος γὰρ φιλίᾳ καὶ εὐνοίᾳ βοηθοῦντας οὐδέποτε εἶχεν.
7. τῶν γὰρ νικώντων ἐστὶ καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν σῴζειν.
8. ἐρωτᾷ τί τὸ κωλῦόν ἐστι πορεύεσθαι.
9. ἔφη τὸν μὲν καλῶς ποιοῦντα ἐπαινεῖν, τὸν δὲ ἀδικοῦντα οὐκ ἐπαινεῖν.
1. Because the one who will oppose us has triremes.
2. Those who previously gave help to us have broken their oaths.
3. My fellow soldiers, our present circumstances are difficult.
4. For he thought his opponents were on the other side of the river.
5. A village was situated near the river, a parasang away.
6. Because Clearchus never had those who helped because of friendship or goodwill.
7. It is the custom of the conquerors to keep what is theirs.
8. He is asking what is the opposition to proceed.
9. He said to praise he who does well and not he who does wrong.
|
|
| 490. |
1. Those who dwelt by the sea were friendly.
2. He sent men who would rescue the boys.
3. But he called those also who were besieging the city.
4. Aristippus, who was a friend of Cyrus, hastened to Sardis.
5. Here was situated a prosperous city, twenty parasangs distant from the sea.
1. οἱ παρὰ τῇ θαλάσσῃ οἰκοῦντες φίλιοι ἦσαν.
2. ἔπενψε ἄνδρας σώσοντας τοὺς παῖδας.
3. ἀλλ’ ἐκάλεσε καὶ τοὺς τὴν πόλιν πολιορκοῦντας.
4. ὁ Ἀρίστιππος φίλος ὢν τοῦ Κύρου ἔσπευσε ἐπὶ τὰς Σάρδεις.
5. ἐνταῦθα πόλις εὐδαίμων ᾠκεῖτο, ἀπέχουσα τῆς θαλάσσης εἴκοσι παρασάγγας.
|
|
| 491. |
τῷ δὲ Κύρῳ ἀκούσαντι ταῦτα ἐδόκει ὠφέλιμα εἶναι, καὶ ἐκέλευσεν Ὀρόνταν λαμβάνειν
μέρος παρ’ ἑκάστου τῶν ἡγεμόνων. ὁ δ’ Ὀρόντας νομίσας ἑτοίμους εἶναι αὐτῷ τοὺς ἄνδρας γράφει
ἐπιστολὴν παρὰ Ἀρταχέρξην ὅτι ἥξει στρατιώτας ἔχων· ἀλλὰ φράσαι τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ στρατιώταις
ἐκέλευεν ὡς φίλον αὐτὸν ὑποδέχεσθαι. ἐν-ῆν δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ καὶ τῆς πρόσθεν φιλίας ὑπομνήματα
καὶ πίστεως. ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστολὴν δίδωσι πιστῷ ἀνδρί, ὡς ᾤετο· ὁ δὲ Κύρῳ δίδωσιν.
To Cyrus, having listened, these things seemed to be useful , and ordered Orontas to take
a part from each of his commanders. Orontas, having thought the men to be ready for him, writes
a letter to Artaxerxes that he will come with soldiers. However, he instructed him to say to his own soldiers
to welcome him as a friend. There was also in his letter reminders of their previous friendship
and trust. This letter he gives to a trustworthy man, or so he thought; but the man gives (the letter) to Cyrus.
|
|
LIII
497. |
1. ἐμοί, ὦ ἄνδρες, θυομένῳ τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ ἦν.
2. νῦν ἔξεστιν αὐτοῖς σωθεῖσι πορεύεσθαι.
3. φοβούμενοι δὲ τὴν ὁδὸν ὅμως εἵποντο.
4. πέμψωμεν δὲ ἄνδρας καταληψομένους τὰ ἄκρα.
5. μόνοι καταλελειμμένοι ὅμως τοὺς φύλακας κατακόψαντες ἔξω ἐγένοντο.
6. καὶ ἐπολέμει ἐκ Χερρονήσου ὁρμώμενος τοῖς Θρᾳξὶ τοῖς ὑπὲρ Ἑλλήσποντον οἰκοῦσι.
7. τότε προτιμώμενος μάλιστα ὑπὸ Κύρου νῦν ἡμᾶς τοὺς Κύρου φίλους κακῶς ποιεῖν πειρᾶται.
8. ἡ δὲ μήτηρ ἐξαιτησαμένη αὐτὸν ἀποπέμπει πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν.
9. τί οὖν, ἔφη ὁ Κῦρος, ἀδικηθεὶς ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ νῦν ἐπιβουλεύεις μοι;
1. Comrades, there were good omens for me while sacrificing.
2. It is now possible for those having been saved to proceed.
3. Fearing the road, they followed anyway.
4. We will send men who will seize the summit.
5. Alone and abandoned, nevertheless, having cut the guard to pieces, they escaped.
6. And having set out from the Chersonese, he waged war against the Thracians living above the Hellespont.
7. Having been most especially honored by Cyrus, now he tries to treat us, the friends of Cyrus, badly.
8. His mother, having saved him by entreaty, sends (him) back to his province.
9. Cyrus said, because of what wrong you suffered by me do you now plot against me?
|
|
| 498. |
1. They will not wrong us, if we make a truce with them.
2. They fled from the hill, in fear that they should be cut to pieces.
3. But Xenophon, when he had thus offered sacrifice, proceeded to Miletus.
4. This man, although he had been sent to bid the Greeks proceed, advised them as follows.
5. Aristippus, the Thessalian, since he was hard pressed by his enemies, asked Cyrus for pay.
1. οὐκ ἀδικήσουσι ἡμᾶς, ποιησάμενους τὰς σπονδὰς πρὸς αὐτούς.
2. ἐφεύγον ἀπὸ γηλόφου φοβούμενοι μὴ κατακόπτωνται.
3. Ξενοφῶν δὲ θυσάμενος οὕτως τὰ ἵερα ἐπορεύετο ἐπὶ τὴν Μιλήτον.
4. οὗτος, καίπερ πεμφθεὶς ἵνα κελεῦσαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας πορεύεσθαι, αὐτοῖς συνεβούλευε τάδε.
5. Αρίστιππος ὁ Θετταλός, ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων πιεζόμενος, Κῦρον ᾔτησε μισθόν.
|
|
| 499. |
ὁ δὲ Κῦρος συλλαμβάνει Ὀρόνταν, καὶ συγκαλεῖ εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνὴν Πέρσας
τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἑπτά, καὶ τοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων στρατηγοὺς ἐκέλευσεν ὁπλίτας ἀγαγεῖν,
τούτους δὲ ταχθῆναι περὶ τὴν αὑτοῦ σκηνήν.
οἱ δὲ ταῦτα ἐποίησαν, ἀγαγόντες ὡς
τρισχιλίους ὁπλίτας. Κλέαρχον δὲ καὶ εἴσω παρεκάλεσε σύμβουλον· οὗτος γὰρ καἰ αὐτῷ
καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐδόκει προτιμηθῆναι μάλιστα τῶν Ἑλλήνων.
Cyrus arrests Orontas and calls together to his tent seven Persians from those around him,
and ordered the generals of the Greeks to bring hoplites and arrange them around his tent.
They did this, bringing about three thousand hoplites. He also summoned Clearchus inside (as)
advisor; for he seemed, both to him and the others, to be the most highly esteemed of the Greeks.
|
|
LIV
503. |
1. ὁ δ’ ἀνὴρ πολλοῦ ἄξιος φίλος ἐστί.
2. καὶ πόλις αὐτόθι ᾠκεῖτο μεγάλη καὶ εὐδαίμων.
3. τῶν δὲ βαρβάρων φόβος πολὺς ἦν.
4. ἐσκήνησαν ἐγγὺς παραδείσου μεγάλου καὶ καλοῦ.
5. Κύρῳ ἔπεμπε χρήματα πολλὰ εἰς τὴν στρατιάν.
6. κατὰ γὰρ μέσον τὸν σταθμὸν τοῦτον τάφρος ἦν βαθεῖα.
7. πολλοὺς δὲ τῶν φυλάκων ὄπισθεν τῶν ὑποζυγίων εἶχεν.
8. ἐνταῦθά ἐστι κρήνη ἡδέος ὕδατος.
9. ἐπορεύετο ἐπὶ ποταμόν, ὄντα τὸ εὖρος πλέθρου, πλήρη δ’ ἰχθύων μεγάλων.
10. ἔχει τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ στρατεύματος.
1. The man is a friend of much worth.
2. And a large and prosperous city was situated there.
3. The barbarians' fear was great.
4. They began their encampment near a large, beautiful park.
5. He sent many things to Cyrus for his army.
6. At the middle of this day's march was a deep ditch.
7. He had a lot of guards behind the baggage animals.
8. Here is a spring of sweet water.
9. He proceeded to the river, which was a plethrum wide and full of large fish.
10. He has half of my army.
|
|
| 504. |
1. The wine was very sweet.
2. There Cyrus had a palace and a great park.
3. The soldiers were in great hopes.
4. Thence they proceeded into a large and beautiful plain.
5. In this plain were many villages.
1. ὁ οἶνος πάνυ ἡδὺς ἦν.
2. αὐτόθι τῷ Κύρῳ βασίλειον ἦν καὶ μέγας παράδεισος.
3. οἱ στρατιῶται ἐν μεγάλαις ἐλπίσι ἦσαν.
4. ἐντεῦθεν ἐπορεύοντο εἰς τὸ πεδίον μέγα καὶ καλόν.
5. ἐν τούτῳ πεδίῳ κῶμαι πολλαὶ ἦσαν.
|
|
| 505. |
μετὰ δὲ τὴν κρίσιν τοῦ Ὀρόντα Κλέαρχος ἐξήγγελλε τοῖς φίλοις ὡς ἐγένετο·
οὐ γὰρ ἀπόρρητον ἦν. ἔλεξε δὲ ὅτι Κῦρος ἦρχε τοῦ λόγου ὧδε.
“Παρεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς, ἄνδρες φίλοι, ὅπως σὺν ὑμῖν βουλευόμενος ὅ τι δίκαιόν ἐστι
καὶ πρὸς θεῶν καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων τοῦτο πράξω περὶ Ὀρόντα τουτουί.
τοῦτον γὰρ πρῶτον μὲν ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ ἔδωκεν ὑπήκοον εἶναι ἐμοί·
ταχθεὶς δὲ ὡς ἔφη αὐτὸς ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἀδελφοῦ οὗτος ἐπολέμησεν ἐμοὶ
ἔχων τὴν ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἀκρόπολιν,
καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸν προσπολεμῶν ἐποίησα τοῦ πρὸς ἐμὲ πολὲμου παύσασθαι.”
After the trial of Orontas, Clearchus reported to his friends how it was conducted;
for that was not a secret. And he said that Cyrus began his testimony with the following.
“I summoned you, comrades, so that we may decide whatever is the right thing,
both by gods and by men, I should do about this man here, Orontas.
Because at first my father gave him to me to be obedient;
Then having been ordered by my brother, as he said, he made war on me,
having the acropolis in Sardes,
and I, making war, caused him to stop from his war against me.”
|
|
LV
509. |
1. ταῖς ναυσὶν ἐπολιόρκει Μίλητον.
2. ἐν δὲ ταῖς οἰκίαις ἦσαν βόες καὶ ὄρνιθες.
3. ὁ δ’ ἑρμηνεὺς λέγει ὅτι παρὰ βασιλέως μεγάλου ἔρχονται παρὰ Κῦρον.
4. παρῆν δὲ καὶ στρατηγός τις Λακεδαιμόνιος ἐπὶ τῶν νεῶν.
5. εἰ βασιλεὺς ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ στρατοπεδεύοιτο, ὁπλίσαιντο ἂν οἱ ἱππεῖς.
6. ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος βωμὸν ὁ ἑρμηνεύς.
7. τούτου ἕνεκα Κῦρος τὰς ναῦς μετεπέμψατο.
8. τοὺς γέροντας καὶ τὰς γραῦς κατέλιπον· ὀλίγας γὰρ ναῦς εἶχον.
9. καὶ παρὰ μεγάλου βασιλέως παρῆν Τισσαφέρνης καὶ ὁ τῆς βασιλέως γυναικὸς ἀδελφός.
10. οὐκοῦν παρὰ βασιλέως πολλοὶ πρὸς Κῦρον ἀπῆλθον, ἐπειδὴ πολέμιοι ἀλλήλοις ἐγένοντο;
1. He blockaded Miletus with his ships.
2. In their houses were cattle and birds.
3. The interpreter says that they come to Cyrus from the great king (of Persia).
4. There was also present a certain Spartan general on the ships.
5. If the king should encamp on the plain, then the cavalry would arm (themselves).
6. The interpreter went to the alter of Artemis.
7. On account of this, Cyrus summoned the ships.
8. They abandoned the old men and women; for they had few ships.
9. And from the side of the great king arrived Tissaphernes and the brother of the king's wife.
10. Did not many (men) desert from the king to Cyrus, when they became enemies to each other?
|
|
| 510. |
1. He sent the interpreter to the generals of the Greeks.
2. Let us plunder the king's country.
3. They asked the king for cattle.
4. The expedition will be against the great king.
5. For Cyrus sent to the king the tributes from the cities.
1. ἔπεμπσε τὸν ἑρμηνέα παρὰ τοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων στρατηγούς.
2. ἁρπάζωμεν τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως χώραν.
3. βασιλέα ἤτησαν βοῦς.
4. ἡ ἡδὸς ἔσται ἐπὶ βασιλέα μέγαν.
5. Κῦρος γὰρ τῷ βασιλεῖ ἔπεμψε τοὺς τῶν πόλεων δασμούς.
|
|
| 511. |
“Μετὰ ταῦτα,” ἔφη, “ὦ Ὀρόντα, τί σε ἠδίκησα;” ἀποκρίνεται ὅτι οὐδὲν ἠδίκησε.
πάλιν δὲ ὁ Κῦρος ἠρώτα, “Οὐκοῦν ὕστερον, ὡς αὐτὸς σὺ ὁμολογεῖς, οὐδὲν ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ
ἀδικούμενος κακῶς ἐποίεις τὴν ἐμὴν χώραν;” ἔφη ὁ Ὀρόντας. “Οὐκοῦν,” ἔφη ὁ Κῦρος,
“ὁπότ’ αὖ ἐγίγνωσκες τὴν σαυτοῦ δύναμιν, ἐλθὼν ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος βωμὸν
καὶ πείσας ἐμὲ πιστὰ πάλιν ἔδωκάς μοι καὶ ἔλαβες παρ’ ἐμοῦ;” καὶ ταῦθ’ ὡμολόγει ὁ Ὀρόντας.
“After that,” he said, “Orontas, what wrong did I do you?” He answered that he (him) did no wrong.
Again Cyrus asked, “Did you not soon afterwards, as you yourself agree, (you) having been done nothing by me,
treat my country badly?” Orontas said yes. “Did you not,” said Cyrus,
“when you again discovered (the limits of - X.An.I.6) your own power, come to the alter of Artemis
and persuade me, again giving pledges to me and receiving (pledges) from me?” Orontas agreed to this, too.
|
|
LVI
519. |
1. ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖτε ὅστις ὑμᾶς ἀπάξει.
2. ἐξελαύνει διὰ Φρυγίας σταθμὸν ἕνα εἰς πόλιν οἰκουμένην, εὐδαίμονα καὶ μεγάλην.
3. ἦσαν δὲ αὐτοῖς βόες οὓς ἔθυσαν τῷ Διὶ τῷ σωτῆρι.
4. ἐὰν καλῶς καταπράξω ἐφ’ ἃ στρατεύομαι, κατάξω ὑμᾶς οἴκαδε.
5. μετὰ ταῦτα, ὦ Ὀρόντα, ἔστιν ὅ τι σε ἠδίκησα;
6. Κύρου δὲ κελεύσαντος Ἀρίστιππος ἀπέπεμψεν ὃ εἶχε στράτευμα.
7. ἐντεῦθεν ἐλαύνουσι Κύρου στρατηγοῦντος σταθμοὺς τρεῖς ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμόν, οὗ ἦν τὸ εὖρος τέτταρα στάδια.
8. ἐν δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ σταθμῷ Κῦρος ἐξέτασιν ποιεῖται ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ περὶ μέσας νύκτας, οὐδενὸς κωλύοντος.
1. Ask for a guide who will lead you back.
2. He is marching out through Phrygia, one day's journey to an inhabited city, flourishing and large.
3. They had cattle which they sacrificed to Zeus the savior.
4. If I accomplish well that which I take the field, I will bring you back home.
5. After this, Orontas, is there any wrong that I have done you?
6. After the command of Cyrus, he despatched what forces he had.
7. They march thence, with Cyrus as general, three day's journey to the Euphrates river,
which was four stadia wide.
8. On the third day of the journey, Cyrus makes an inspection on the plain about mid-night,
with no one hindering.
|
|
| 520. |
1. And with her he sent horsemen whom Menon had.
2. Whoever of you did this was unjust.
3. Cyrus sent him gifts which are regarded at court (as) precious.
4. When Orontas had confessed this, Cyrus spoke as follows.
5. There Cyrus had a large park full of wild beasts which he used to hunt on horseback.
1. ἱππέας δὲ σὺν αὐτῇ ἔπεμψε οὕς Μένων εἴχεν.
2. ὅστις ὑμῶν ταῦτ’ ἐποίησεν, ἠδίκησεν.
3. δῶρα ὁ Κῦρος ἔπεμψε πρὸς αὐτόν, ἃ παρὰ βασιλεῖ τίμια νομίζεται.
4. Ὀρόντου ὁμολογήσαντος ταῦτα, ὁ Κῦρος λέγει τάδε.
5. αὐτόθι ἦν τῷ Κύρῳ παράδεισος μέγας πλήρης θηρίων ἃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου ἐθήρευε.
|
|
| 521. |
“Tί οὖν,” ἔφη ὁ Κῦρος,“ἀδικηθεὶς ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ νῦν τὸ τρίτον ἐπιβουλεύεις μοι;”
λέξαντος δἐ τοῦ Ὀρόντα ὅτι οὐδὲν ἀδικηθεὶς ἐπιβουλεύει, ἠρώτησεν ὁ Κῦρος αὐτόν,
“Ὁμολογεῖς οὖν περὶ ἐμὲ ἀδικῆσαι;”
“Ὁμολογῶ,” ἔφη ὁ Ὀρόντας, “ἀνάγκη γάρ.” ἐκ τούτου πάλιν ἠρώτησεν ὁ Κῦρος,
“Ἔτι οὖν ἂν εἴης τῷ ἐμῷ ἀδελφῷ πολέμιος, ἐμοὶ δὲ φίλος καὶ πιστός;”
ὁ δὲ ἀποκρίνεται, “Οὐδ’ εἰ εἴην, ὦ Κῦρε, σοί γ’ ἄν ποτε ἔτι δόξαιμι.”
“Because,” said Cyrus, “you have suffered what wrong by me are you now plotting against me a third time?”
With Orontas answering he was plotting because of no wrong, Cyrus asked hime,
“So you agree to having done wrong against me?”
“I agree,” said Orontas, “because I must.” Thereupon Cyrus again asks,
“Would you then still be an enemy to my brother, and to me a faithful friend?”
He replies, “Not even if I were, Cyrus, to you at any rate, would I ever again seem so.”
|
|
LVII
528. |
1. εἴ τῳ ὑπόσχοιτό τι Κῦρος, οὔποτε ἐψεύδετο.
2. εἴ τίς ποτε κλέπτοι τῶν πελταστῶν, ἐκολάζετο.
3. ἦν ἐπικούρημα τῶν ποδῶν, εἴ τις τὴν νύκτα ὑπολύοιτο.
4. οἱ θεοὶ ἱκανοί εἰσι τοὺς μικρούς, κἂν ἐν δεινοῖς ὦσι, σῴζειν ῥᾳδίως.
5. οὐκ ἂν ἐποίησε ταῦτα, εἰ μὴ ἐγὼ αὐτὸν ἐκέλευσα.
6. ἐὰν τίς τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ κακὸν ποιήσῃ αὐτόν, ἀεὶ νικᾶν πειρᾶται.
7. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν με ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἀδικοίην τοὺς φίλους.
8. ἄνδρες, ἐάν μοι πεισθῆτε, τοῦτον τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκποδὼν ποιήσεσθε.
9. εἰ ὑμεῖς ἐθέλετε ὁρμᾶσθαι, ἕπεσθαι ὑμῖν βούλομαι.
10. καὶ εἴ τις αὐτῷ δοκοίη πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ ἔργον τεταγμένων σχολαίως ποιεῖν, τὸν ἐπιτήδειον ἔπαιεν.
1. If Cyrus promised something to someone, he never deceived (him).
2. If when any of the peltasts stole, he was (always) punished.
3. There was relief for the feet if a man removed his shoes for the night.
4. The gods can easily keep safe the small, even if they are in danger.
5. He would not have done these things unless I myself had ordered him.
6. If anyone does him something good or evil, he always tries to outdo (him).
7. Because neither would the king commend me, if I wronged his friends.
8. Men, if you would obey me, you will put this man out of the way.
9. If you wish to set out, I am willing to follow you.
10. And if someone seemed to attend to the work of his assignment slowly, he would strike the guilty man.
|
|
| 529. |
1. He is always enraged if anybody deceives him.
2. If they caused us trouble, we punished them.
3. If he promises anybody anything, he never deceives him.
4. He beat his soldiers if they did not obey.
5. He never came to my house, unless he was sent for.
1. ἀεὶ χαλεπαίνει ἐάν τις αὐτὸν ἐξαπάτῃ.
2. εἰ πράγματα ὑμῖν παρέχοιεν, αὐτοὺς ἐκολάζομεν.
3. ἐάν τῳ ὑπόσχηται τι, οὔποτε ψεύδει αὐτόν.
4. τοὺς στρατιώτας ἔπαιεν εἰ μὴ ἐπείθοιντο.
5. οὔποτε πρὸς οἰκίαν μοῦ ἤρχετο, εἰ μὴ μεταπέμψοιτο.
|
|
| 530. |
πρὸς ταῦτα Κῦρος ἔλεξε τοῖς παροῦσιν,
“ Ὁ μὲν ἀνὴρ ταῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε, ταῦτα δὲ λέγει·
ὑμῶν δὲ σὺ πρῶτος, ὦ Κλέαρχε, λέξον ὅ τι σοι δοκεῖ.”
Κλέαρχος δὲ ἔλεξε τάδε· “Συμβουλεύω ἐγὼ τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον ἐκποδὼν ποιεῖσθαι,
ἵνα μηκέτι δέῃ τοῦτον φυλάττεσθαι, ἀλλὰ σχολὴ ᾖ ἡμῖν τοὺς φίλους εὖ ποιεῖν.”
ταὐτὰ δὲ ἔφη καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους λέξαι.
In view of this, Cyrus said to those present,
“Now, the man has done these things, and says these things;
you are foremost among us, Clearchus, declare how it seems to you.”
And Clearchus spoke as follows; “I, for one, advise that this man be put away,
so that it is no longer necessary to be guarded against him,
and (sic) there would be time to treat our friends well.”
He said the other men also said these things (they agreed).
|
|
LVIII
538. |
1. ἄξιος φίλος ἐστὶν ὁ Κῦρος ᾧ ἂν φίλος ᾖ.
2. ὅπου στραγηγὸς ἔτι ζῴη, τὸν στρατηγὸν παρεκάλουν.
3. ἐγὼ γὰρ φοβοὶμην ἂν τῷ ἡγεμόνι ᾧ ἡμῖν πέμψειεν ἕπεσθαι.
4. ὁπόταν καιρὸς ᾖ, ἥξω ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν.
5. ὁπότε καταψηφίζοιντό τινος θάνατον οἱ Πέρσαι, ἐλάμβανον τῆς ζώνης.
6. τούτους τοὺς σταθμοὺς πάνυ μακροὺς ἐπορεύοντο, ὁπότε ἢ πρὸς ὕδωρ βούλοιντο ἥκειν ἢ πρὸς χιλόν.
7. οὐκ ἂν προσεκύνησαν ὃν μὴ ἐβούλοντο.
8. ἔσονται σπονδαὶ ἕως ἂν βασιλεὺς ἡμῖν προστάξῃ μάχεσθαι.
9. ὅτῳ οὖν ταῦτα μὴ δοκεῖ καλῶς ἔχειν, ἀποχωρησάτω.
10. οὐ καταλύσει πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους πρὶν ἄν σοι συμβουλεύσηται.
1. Cyrus is a worthy friend to he who would be his friend.
2. Wherever a general was still alive, they would call to the general.
3. For I would be frightened by the guide whom (#520, 6.) he sent to pursue us.
4. When the time is right, I will come to the city.
5. Whenever the Persians voted death against someone, they took hold of his belt.
6. They marched these very long stages, whenever they wished to reach either water or fodder.
7. They would not salute whom they did not want.
8. There will be a truce until the king orders us to fight.
9. So to whomever these things do not seem right, let him depart.
10. He will not stop fighting against the enemy until he consults with you.
|
|
| 539. |
1. We will trust the guide that Cyrus sends.
2. And in company with you I shall be in honor wherever I may be.
3. Whenever the Greeks approached, the barbarians fled.
4. Let there be a truce until I return.
5. We should fear to use the boats that you might send us.
1. πιστεύσομεν τῷ ἡγεμόνι ὃν Κῦρος πέμπῃ.
2. καὶ ἐν τιμῇ σὺν σοὶ ἔσομαι ὅπου ἄν ὦ.
3. ἐπειδὴ οἱ Ἕλληνες πλησιάζοιεν, ἔφευγον οἱ βάρβαροι.
4. ᾖ σπονδαὶ ἕως ἂν ἥκω.
5. φοβοίμεθα ἂν χρῆσθαι τὰ πλοία ἃ ἡμῖν πέμποιτε.
|
|
| 540. |
μετὰ ταῦτα κελεύοντος Κύρου ἔλαβον τῆς ζώνης τὸν Ὀρόνταν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ
ἅπαντες οἱ παρόντες. εἶτα δ’ ἐξῆγον αὐτὸν οἷς προσετάχθη, καὶ οἱ πρόσθεν
προσκυνοῦτες αὐτὸν καὶ τότε προσεκύνησαν, καίπερ ἐπὶ θάνατον ἀγόμενον.
ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν Ἀρταπάτου σκηνὴν εἰσήχθη, σκηπτούχου πιστοῦ τῷ Κύρῳ ὄντος,
μετὰ ταῦτα οὐδὲν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἤκουεν οὐδείς· εἴκαζον δὲ ἄλλοι ἄλλως
ὅπως ἀπέθανεν.
After this, Cyrus commanding, everyone present took hold of the belt of Orontas
(as a sign that he was condemned) to death. Then those to whom it had been assigned led him away,
and the men who previously bowed to him even made obeisance to him, despite him being led to death.
He was then led into the tent of Artapatas, who was a faithful sceptre-bearer to Cyrus --
after that, no one heard anything about him. They conjectured, some in one way,
others in another, how he died.
|
|
LIX
549. |
1. τὰ δὲ κρέα τούτων τῶν ὀρνίθων ἥδιστα ἦν.
2. μὴ κακίους ὦμεν τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων.
3. ἐν τῇ τελευτῇ τοῦ βίου χαλεπώτατος ἐγένετο ὁ ἀνήρ.
4. οὔπω δὴ πολλοῦ χρόνου ἡδίονος οἴνου γέγευμαι.
5. τούτους ἔφασαν οἱ εἰς Βαβυλῶνα στρατευσάμενοι πολεμικωτάτους εἶναι.
6. ἐντεῦθεν Κῦρος τὴν γυναῖκα εἰς τὴν Κιλικίαν ἀποπέμπει τὴν ταχίστην ὁδόν.
7. οὗτοί εἰσι κάκιστοί τε καὶ αἴσχιστοι ἄνδρες.
8. τέλος δὲ μικρόταται γίγνονται αἱ τάφροι.
9. Κῦρος οὕτως ἐτελεύτησεν, ἀνὴρ ὢν ἄρχειν ἀξιώτατος.
10. πάντες οὗτοι οἱ βάρβαροι πολεμιώτεροι ἡμῖν ἔσονται τῶν παρὰ βασιλεῖ ὄντων.
11. ἴσως οὖν ἀσφαλέστερον ἔσται ἡμῖν πορεύεσθαι πλαίσιον ποιησαμένους τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, ἵνα τὰ σκευοφόρα ἐν ἀσφαλεστέρῳ ᾖ.
1. The meat of those birds was very sweet.
2. Let us not be more cowardly than the other Greeks.
3. The man became most difficult at the end of his life.
4. Not in a long time have I tasted sweeter wine.
5. The soldiers who marched into Babylon declared these men to be most skillful in war.
6. Thence Cyrus sent the woman into Cilicia along the shortest road.
7. These are the most cowardly, as well as the most shameful, men.
8. Finally the ditches become very small.
9. And this is how Cyrus ended his life, a man being most worthy to lead.
10. All these barbarians will more hostile to use than those with the king.
11. So perhaps it will be more secure for us to proceed,
(we) having made ourselves a square of hoplites,
so that the baggage train would be in a safer position.
|
|
| 550. |
1. This road is narrower.
2. All were most faithful to the king.
3. Now we will proceed by a longer road.
4. The satrap was a very unjust man.
5. Of all the Persians Cyrus was most able to benefit his friends.
1. αὐτὴ ἡ ὁδὸς στενωτέρα ἐστιν.
2. πάντες τῷ βασιλέι πιστότατοι ἦσαν.
3. πορευσόμεθα νῦν μακροτέραν ὁδόν.
4. ὁ σατράπης ἦν ἀνὴρ ἀδικώτατος.
5. ὁ Κῦρος πάντων τῶν Περσῶν ἱκανώτατος ἦν εὖ ποιεῖν τοὺς ἑαυτοὺς φίλους.
|
|
| 551. |
ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Βαβυλωνίας σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας δώδεκα.
ἐν δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ σταθμῷ Κῦρος ἐξέτασιν ποιεῖται τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐν τῷ
πεδίῳ περὶ μέσας νύκτας· ἐδόκει γὰρ τῇ αὔριον ἥξειν βασιλέα σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι μαχούμενον.
καὶ ἐκέλευε Κλέαρχον μὲν τοῦ δεξιοῦ κέρως ἡγεῖσθαι, Μένωνα δὲ τοῦ εὐωνύμου,
αὐτὸς δὲ τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ διέταξε. μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἐξέτασιν ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἥκοντες αὐτόμολοι
παρὰ μεγάλου βασιλέως ἀπήγγελλον Κύρῳ περὶ τῆς βασιλέως στρατιᾶς.
From there he rode twenty parasangs through Babylon in three days.
On the third day of his march, Cyrus made an inspection of the Greeks and the barbarians
on the plain around midnight. For he thought the king was coming the next day with his army
in order to do battle. He also ordered Clearchus to be leader of the right wing,
Menon to be leader of the left wing, while he drew up his own troops.
At daybreak after his inspection, deserters coming from the great king
gave reports to Cyrus concerning the king's army.
|
|
LX
562. |
1. Κῦρος δὲ τούτοις ἀπορῶν τε καὶ λυπούμενος μετεπέμπετο τὸν Κλέαρχον.
2. δοκεῖ δέ μοι ἡμᾶς ἐρωτᾶν Κῦρον τί βούλεται ἡμῖν χρῆσθαι.
3. λέγομεν γὰρ ὅτι κακίους εἰσὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς ἢ ἡμεῖς περὶ ἐκείνους.
4. τοῦτο δ’ αὖ οὕτω συλλέγεται καὶ τρέφεται αὐτῷ τὸ στράτευμα.
5. οἱ δὲ ἔλεγον ὅτι οὐπώποθ’ οὗτος ὁ ποταμὸς διαβατὸς ἐγένετο πεζῇ εἰ μὴ τότε.
6. ἀγορὰν δὲ παρέχετε τῷ στρατεύματι καὶ δέχεσθε τοὺς Ἕλληνας.
7. βουλευώμεθα, ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, εἰ κατὰ γῆν χρὴ πορεύεσθαι.
8. Ξενοφῶν μέντοι βούλεται μετ’ αὐτῶν τὴν πορείαν ποιεῖσθαι, νομίζων οὕτως ἀσφαλέστερον εἶναι.
9. τοῦτο δὴ δεῖ λέγειν, πῶς ἂν πορευοίμεθά τε ἀσφαλῶς καὶ εἰ μάχεσθαι δέοι καλῶς μαχοίμεθα.
1. Cyrus, being at a loss and also vexed by these things, sent for Clearchus.
2. It seems best to me (that) we ask Cyrus what use he wishes to make of us.
3. For we say that they are worse to us than we are to them.
4. In turn, this army is thus collected and supported by him.
5. And they said that never before had this river become fordable by foot until now.
6. Set up a marketplace for the army and admit the Greeks.
7. Let us consider, comrades, whether it is necessary to proceed by land.
8. Xenophon really wishes to make the journey with them, thinking it more safe that way.
9. Indeed there is need to discuss how we should proceed safely and, if it should be necessary to fight, well should we fight.
|
|
| 563. |
1. Cyrus was exhorting the Greeks not to flee.
2. He calls his soldiers together to consult about the journey.
3. He orders the exiles to take the field with Clearchus.
4. Put this fellow out of the way.
5. He says that one of the Menon's soldiers was splitting wood.
1. Κῦρος παρεκελεύετο τοῖς Ἕλλησι μὴ φεύγειν.
2. τοὺς στρατιώτας συλλέγει ἵνα συμβουλεύηται περὶ τῆς πορείας.
3. κελεύει φυγάδας μετὰ τοῦ Κλεάρχου στρατεύεσθαι.
4. τοῦτον τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκποδών ποιεῖσθε.
5. λεγει ὅτι τῶν Μένωνος στρατιωτῶν τις ἔσχισε ξύλα.
|
|
| 564. |
Κῦρος δὲ συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων συνεβουλεύετό
τε πῶς ἂν τὴν μάχην ποιοῖτο καὶ αῦτὸς παρῄνει θαρρύνων τοιάδε·
“ Ὦ ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες, οὐκ ἀνθρώπων ἀπορῶν βαρβάρων συμμάχους ὑμᾶς ἄγω,
ἀλλὰ νομίζων ἀμείνους πολλῶν βαρβάρων ὑμᾶς εἶναι, διὰ τοῦτο προσέλαβον.
ἔστε οὖν ἄνδρες ἄξιοι τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἧς ἔχετε καὶ ἧς ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ εὐδαιμονίζω.”
Cyrus, calling together the Greek generals and captains, consulted with and advised them how the battle might be conducted, and he advised them, encouraging them with these words:
“Men of Greece, I am not leading you due to a shortage of barbarian personnel,
but because I consider you to be braver than many barbarians, that is why I selected you.
Be therefore men worthy of the freedom which you possess and because of which I congratulate you. ”
|
|
LXI
574. |
1. ἐκέλευσε δὲ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς συντάξαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας.
2. οἱ δὲ διώξαντες ταχὺ ἐπαύσαντο.
3. ἐδόκει γὰρ Κῦρος ἥξειν βασιλέα σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι μαχούμενον.
4. πέμψον κωμήτας σκεψομένους πῶς ἔχουσιν οἱ τελευταῖοι.
5. ἔνθα δὴ Κῦρος ἔδεισε μὴ βασιλεὺς κατακόψειε τὸ Ἑλληνικόν.
6. ὅτι δὲ ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἄγοι οὐκ ἤκουσαν οἱ στρατιῶται.
7. ἠρώτων Κῦρον τί βούλοιτο τῇ στρατιᾷ χρῆσθαι.
8. καὶ Κῦρος ἔλεξεν ὅτι ἡ ὁδὸς ἔσοιτο πρὸς βασιλέα μέγαν.
9. ἀλλὰ διατρίψω ἵνα φοβῶνται οἱ ἄγγελοι μὴ οὐ τὰς σπονδὰς ποιησώμεθα.
10. ἡ χιὼν ἔκρυψε καὶ τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.
11. ἐκήρυξαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας θάψαι.
12. ἔλεξεν ὅτι οὕτως ἄν τοὺς οἴκοι κακόν τι εἰργάσαντο.
1. He ordered the generals to arrange the Greeks.
2. Those who were pursuing quickly stopped.
3. For Cyrus expected the king would come with his army to fight.
4. Send villagers who will spy out how the rear guard is holding.
5. Then Cyrus truly feared that the king might cut the Greek unit to pieces.
6. Because the troops did not hear that he led (them) against the king.
7. They asked Cyrus what he wished to do with the army.
(τί βούλει τῇ στρατιᾷ χρῆσθαι;)
8. And Cyrus replied that the route would be toward the great king.
(ἡ ὁδὸς ἔσται πρὸς βασιλέα μέγαν).
9. But I will delay lest the messengers fear we will not make the treaty.
10. The snow hid both the arms and the men.
11. The generals made a proclamation to bury the men.
12. He said that in this way they might inflict some evil on those at home.
(οὕτως ἄν τοὺς οἴκοι κακόν τι εἰργάσαντο).
|
|
| 575. |
1. Orontas, thinking that the horsemen were ready, wrote a letter to the king.
2. I said that we had many fair hopes of victory.
3. He orders them to see what the hindrance is.
4. He collected an army by means of this money.
5. The satrap said that Cyrus had plotted against the king.
1. Ὀρόντας νομίσας τοὺς ἱππέας ἑτοίμους εἶναι, ἐπιστολὴν τῷ βασιλεῖ ἐγράψεν.
2. εἶπον ὅτι ἐλπίδα εἴχομεν νίκης καλὰς καὶ πολλάς.
3. κελεύει αὐτοὺς σκέπτεσθαι τί τὸ κωλῦόν ἐστιν.
4. στρατιὰν ἤθροισε ἀπὸ χρημάτων τούτων.
5. ἔφη ὁ σατράπης ὅτι Κῦρος ἐπεβεβούλευκεν τῷ βασιλεῖ.
|
|
| 576. |
“Ἐγὼ δὲ εἰς οἷον ἔρχεσθε ἀγῶνα ὑμᾶς διδάξω. τὸ μὲν
γὰρ πλῆθος τῶν βαρβάρων πολύ ἐστι καὶ κραυγῇ πολλῇ
ἐπέρχονται· ἂν δὲ ταῦτα ἀνάσχησθε, τὰ ἄλλα αἰσχύνομαι
οἷοι ἡμῖν οἱ ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ εἰσὶν ἄνθρωποι. ἐὰν δὲ ὑμεῖς
ἄνδρες ἦτε καὶ εὖ τὰ ἐμὰ γένηται, ἐγὼ ὑμῶν τὸν μὲν
οἴκαδε βουλόμενον ἀπελθεῖν ζηλωτὸν ποιήσω τοῖς οἴκοι,
πολλοὺς δὲ οἶμαι βουλήσεσθαι παρ’ ἐμοὶ μένειν.”
“I will tell you into what sort of struggle you are going.
On the one hand, the multitude of barbarians is great and they
come on with a mighty roar; yet if you endure those things,
I am ashamed (to think) what sort of men my countrymen are.
If you are truly men and my affairs turn out well, I shall make
whoever of you shall wish to leave for home an object of envy,
but I imagine many will wish to remain with me.”
|
|
LXII
579. |
1. βέλτιον εἶναι ἔφη τὰ ἄλλα εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν ῥῖψαι.
2. μέγιστον, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἔχετε καιρόν.
3. Ἀρίστιππος δὲ ἱππέας οὐκ ἐλάττους τριακοσίων εἶχεν.
4. ἄμεινόν ἐστι ταῦτα ἀνέχεσθαι ἢ ἀπαλλάττεσθαι.
5. οἱ δὲ πλεῖστοι στρέψαντες ἔφευγον ἀνὰ κράτος διὰ τοῦ ποταμοῦ.
6. οὗτοι ἀξιοῦσι τῶν λοχαγῶν μὴ χείρους εἶναι.
7. πολὺ γὰρ ῥᾷόν ἐστι διατελέσαι τὴν ὁδόν.
8. ἦσαν Κλεάρχῳ εν τῷ στρατεύματι ἱππεῖς πλείους ἢ τετταράκοντα, τούτων δὲ οἱ πλεῖστοι Θρᾷκες.
9. ταῦτα ἀπαλλάξωμεν, ἵνα ὡς πλεῖστοι μὲν ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ὦσιν, ὡς ἐλάχιστοι δὲ σκευοφορῶσι.
10. Κῦρος ἔτι παῖς ὢν ὅτ’ ἐπαιδεύετο καὶ σὺν τῷ ἀδελφῷ καὶ σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις παισὶ πάντων πάντα κράτιστος ἐνομίζετο.
1. He said it is better to cast the other things into the river.
2. My friends, you are having the time of your lives.
3. Aristippus had no fewer than three hundred horsemen.
4. It is better to stand firm against these things than to leave them.
5. Most men, turning about, fled at full speed through the river.
6. These men claim to be no worse than the captains.
7. You see, it is much easier to finish the journey.
8. Clearchus had more than forty cavalrymen in his army, most of them Thracians.
9. Let us abandon this, so that as many of us as possible may be under arms, and as few as possible would be carrying baggage.
10. When Cyrus, being yet a child, was being educated with both his brother and with the other children, he was considered the best of all in everything.
|
|
| 580. |
1. For it is much easier to go away.
2. We should be worth more if we should have our arms.
3. There were very many wild asses in the plain.
4. It is best for us to proceed at once to the height.
5. For all the sons of the noblest Persians are educated at the king's court.
1. πολὺ γὰρ ῥᾴων ἐστὶν ἀπαλλάττεσθαι.
2. ἄξιοι πλείονος ἦμεν ἂν, εἰ εἴχομεν τὰ ὅπλα.
3. ἦσαν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ πλείστοι ὄνοι ἄγριοι.
4. ἄριστὸν ἐστιν ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἄκρου εὐθὺς πορεύεσθαι.
5. πάντες γὰρ οἱ τῶν ἀρίστων Περσῶν υἱοὶ παιδεύονται παρὰ βασιλεῖ.
|
|
| 581. |
Κῦρος μὲν δὴ ταῦτα παρῄνει τοῖς στρατηγοῖς καὶ λοχαγοῖς·
Γαυλίτης δὲ παρὼν φυγὰς Σάμιος, πιστὸς δὲ Κύρῳ, ἔλεξε·
“Καὶ μήν, ὦ Κῦρε, λέγουσί τινες ὅτι πολλὰ
ὑπισχνεῖ νῦν ἐν κινδύνοις ὢν δεινοῖς, ἂν δὲ καλῶς
καταπράξῃς ἐφ’ ἃ στρατεύει, οὐ μεμνήσεσθαί σέ φασιν·
ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ λέγουσιν ὅτι οὐδ’ εἰ βούλοιο, οἷός τ’ ἂν εἴης πρᾶξαι ὅσα ὑπισχνεῖ.”
Cyrus indeed advised this to the generals and captains.
Gaulites, an exile of Samos and confidant of Cyrus, said, “And yet, Cyrus,
some say you make promises now because of terrible danger,
but they say, should you successful accomplish that upon which you are marching,
you will forget. Some also say that not even if you wanted
would you be able to deliver such as you promise.”
|
|
LXIII
592. |
1. πότερον ταῦτα ἀπαγγελεῖ ἢ μενεῖτε;
2. σὺ δὲ πρῶτος ἀπόφηναι τὴν γνώμην.
3. ἐθαύμασαν δὲ πάντες ὅ τι οἱ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες ἀποκρινοῖντο.
4. ἀποροῦμεν εἰ καύσωμεν τὰς ἁμάξας ἃς ἔχομεν.
5. τοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ἀποκτενεῖ, τοὺς δ’ ἐκβαλεῖ.
6. ἐβουλεύοντο εἰ τοὺς ἄνδρας κτείνειαν ἢ μή.
7. οὐ μέντοι ταχὺ ἀγγελῶ, ἀλλὰ διατρίψω.
8. καὶ Κλέαρχος κρίνας ἀδικεῖν τὸν τοῦ Μένωνος στρατιώτην ἔπαιεν.
9. ἡγεμὼν οὐδεὶς ἡμῖν φανεῖται.
10. Κῦρος δ’ ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι ἀκούοι τὸν σατράπην ἐπὶ τῷ Εὐφράτῃ ποταμῷ εἶναι.
11. ὁ δ’ ἐβουλεύετο εἰ μένοιεν ἢ πορεύοιντο ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνάς.
12. παίσειν φασὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον καὶ βαλεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ πορεύηται.
1.Will you report this or will you stay?
2. You declare your opinion first.
3. All wondered what the other Greeks would answer.
4. We don't know if we should burn the wagons we have.
5. Some of them he will kill, others he will expel.
6. They were deliberating whether they would kill the men or not.
7. I will certainly not report immediately, but will delay.
8. And having decided the soldier of Menon to have done wrong, struck him.
9. No guide will appear to us.
10. Cyrus replied that he heard the satrap was at the Euphrates river.
11. He considered whether to remain or proceed to the tents.
12. They say they will beat and stone this man unless he marches.
|
|
| 593. |
1. The gods will show us the way.
2. There Cyrus put a Persian to death.
3. He was considering what answer to make.
4. They were at a loss whether or not to show themselves.
5. There they remained a week and collected supplies for their journey.
1. οἱ θεοὶ τῆν ὁδὸν φανοῦσιν ἡμῖν.
2. ἐνταῦθα ὁ Κῦρος ἀπέκτεινεν Πέρσην τινά.
3. ἐβουλεύετο τί ἀποκρίναιτο.
4. ἠπόρουν πότερον φήνωνται ἢ μή.
5. ἐνταῦθα ἔμενον ἡμέρας ἑπτὰ καἰ τῇ πορείᾳ ἐπεσιτίζοντο.
|
|
| 594. |
ἀκούσας ταῦτα τοῦ Γαυλίτου ἔλεξεν ὁ Κῦρος· “Ἀλλ’
ἔστι μὲν ἡμῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἡ ἀρχὴ ἡ πατρῴα πρὸς μὲν
μεσημβρίαν μέχρι οὖ διὰ καῦμα οὐχ οἷοί τ’ εἰσὶν οἰκεῖν
ἄνθρωποι, πρὸς δὲ ἄρκτον μέχρι οὗ διὰ χειμῶνα· τὰ δ’
ἐν μέσῳ τούτων πάντα σατραπεύουσιν οἱ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ
φίλοι. ἢ δ’ ἡμεῖς νικήσωμεν, ἡμᾶς δεῖ τοὺς ἡμετέρους
φίλους τούτων ἐγκρατεῖς ποιῆσαι.”
After hearing these things from Gaulites, Cyrus said, “But we have, gentlemen,
our ancestral province which stretches as far south as men can live due to the heat,
and to the north as far as they can live due to the cold. The friends of my brother rule
everything between these (limits). Should we be victorious, we must
to make our own friends masters over them.”
|
|
LXIV
599. |
1. εὐδαιμόνως διάγουσιν οἱ ἀνδρεῖοι ἕως ἂν ζῶσι.
2. ἀκούσαντες δ’ οἱ στρατιῶται ἐχαλέπαινον καὶ ὠργίζοντο ἰσχυρῶς τῷ Κλεάρχῳ.
3. εἰ ἀνάγκη ἐστὶ μάχεσθαι, ἀνδρείως μαχώμεθα.
4. τί ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ ἀδικούμενος κακῶς ἐποίεις τὴν ἐμὴν χώραν;
5. οὔτε κινδυνεύσαντες οὔτε πονήσαντες πλέον προυτιμῶντο τῶν ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν ὑπὸ Κύρου.
6. οἱ δ’ Ἕλληνες ἀσφαλῶς ἐπορεύοντο τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας.
7. καὶ βοᾷ καὶ βαρβαρικῶς καὶ Ἑλληνικῶς ὅτι βασιλεὺς σὺν στρατεύματι πολλῷ ἐγγύς ἐστιν.
8. ὥστε ἡδέως καὶ προθύμως ἐπόνουν.
9. ἀκούοντες τὴν Κύρου ἀρετὴν ἥδιον καὶ προθυμότερον συνεπορεύοντο.
10. τοῦτο δὴ δεῖ λέγειν, πῶς ἂν πορευοίμεθά τε ὡς ἀσφαλέστατα, καὶ εἰ μάχεσθαι δέοι, ὡς κράτιστα μαχοίμεθα.
11. ἐν πόνοις ὄντες πολλοῖς σχολαίως ἐπορεύοντο.
1. The brave happily pass the time as long as they should live.
2. The soldiers were angry when they heard, and were very severe with Clearchus.
3. If it is necessary to fight, let us fight bravely.
4. Why did you, being wronged by me, ill-treat my country?
5. Neither having been in peril nor having endured greater hardship,
were honored more than the other soldiers by Cyrus.
6. The Greeks safely marched for the remainder of the days.
7. And a fish, both in Persian and in Greek, because a king with an army is very near.
8. And so they were laboring gladly and willingly.
9. Hearing the valor of Cyrus, they went along more pleasantly and willingly.
10. Indeed this needs to be said: how we should proceed as safely as possible and, should it be necessary to fight, to fight as bravely as possible.
11. Being in many difficulties, they kept marching slowly.
|
|
| 600. |
1. Most gladly would I hear the herald's name.
2. Clearchus always punished with severity.
3. If we must proceed, let us proceed slowly.
4. He asked whether they could safely remain in the villages.
5. They did not undergo greater hardships than the rest of the soldiers.
1. ἥδιστα τὸ τοῦ κήρυκος ὀνόματα ἂν ἀκούσαιμι.
2. ἰσχυρῶς δὲ ἀεὶ ἐκόλαζε Κλέαρχος.
3. ἐὰν ἀνάγκη ᾖ ὑμῖν πορεύεσθαι, σχολῇ πορευώμεθα.
4. ἤρετο εἰ μένοιεν ἄν ἀσφαληῶς ἐν ταῖς κώμαις .
5. οὐκ ἐπόνησαν πλέον τῶν ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν.
|
|
| 601. |
“Ὥστε οὐ τοῦτο δέδοικα μὴ οὐκ ἔχω δῶρα ἱκανὰ τοῖς
φίλοις ἐὰν καλῶς καταπράξω ἐφ’ ἃ στρατεύομαι, ἀλλὰ μὴ
οὐκ ἔχω ἱκανοὺς φίλους. ὑμῶν δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ στέφανον
ἑκάστῳ χρυσοῦν δώσω.” οἱ δὲ ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες
αὐτοί τε ἦσαν πολὺ προθυμότεροι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐξήγγελλον.
ἠρώτων δὲ αὐτὸν οἵ τε στρατηγοὶ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων
Ἑλλήνων τινὲς τί σφίσιν ἔσται ἐὰν νικήσωσιν. ὁ δὲ
πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα ὑπισχνούμενος ἀπέπεμπε.
“Therefore I do not fear that I might not have sufficient gifts for my friends
should I achieve the object of my march, but that I might not have sufficient friends.”
I shall also give a golden crown to each of you Greeks. Those hearing this were
much more eager themselves and reported it to the others.
The generals and some other Greeks were asking him what (there) will be for them if they prevail.
He sent them away while promising many great things.
|
|
LXV
611. |
1. τοῖς βαρβάροις ἐνέπεσε τὸ Ἑλληνικόν.
2. εἶπον ὅτι ἂν φύγοιεν.
3. πάντες οἱ φίλοι λέγονται ἀποθανεῖν μαχόμενοι ὑπὲρ Κύρου.
4. ἔχω γὰρ τριήρεις ὥστε ἑλεῖν τὸ ἐκείνων πλοῖον.
5. Κλέαρχος δοκεῖ γενέσθαι ἀνὴρ πολεμικός.
6. νομίζει Κῦρος ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ κακῶς παθεῖν.
7. καὶ οἱ ὄνοι προέδραμον.
8. δρόμος ἐγένετο τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνάς,
οἱ δ’ ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ καταλιπόντες τὰ ὤνια ἔφυγον.
9. οὗτοι ἔλεγον ὅτι Κῦρος τέθνηκε.
10. ὑμῶν δὲ ἔρημος ὢν οὐκ ἂν ἱκανὸς οἶμαι εἶναι τοὺς φίλους ὠφελῆσαι.
11. ἐπεὶ ὁ σταρτηγὸς ταῦτ’ ἐπύθετο, λαβὼν τοὺς ἱππέας ἀπήλασεν.
12. καὶ περὶ τούτων ὑπέσχετό μοι βουλεύσεσθαι.
1. The Greeks were falling on the barbarians.
2. He said that they should flee. (φυγοίομεν ἄν.)
3. All his friends are said to have died fighting in defense of Cyrus. (ἀπέθανον)
4. Because I have triremes in order to catch their boats.
5. Clearchus appears to have been a man skilled in war. (ἦν)
6. Cyrus thinks he was treated badly by me. (ἔπαθον)
7. And the asses ran ahead.
8. The soldiers raced to their tents, and those in the agora abandoned their purchases and fled.
9. These men said that Cyrus has died. (τέθνηκε)
10. Being deserted by you, I do not expect I would be capable to help my friends.
11. When the general learned these things, taking the cavalry he rode away.
12. And he promised me to deliberate about these things. (βουλεύσομαι)
|
|
| 612. |
1. Within the night fear fell also on the Greeks.
2. This he did that he might inspire all men with fear.
3. Τhe wife of the king is said to have fled.
4. Τhey say that all left the road and fled.
5. He preferred the friendship of the Persians.
1. φόβος τῆς νυκτός ἐνέπεσε καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν.
2. ταῦτ’ ἐποίει ἵνα φόβον παρέχοι ἀνδράσι πᾶσι.
3. ἡ γυνὴ τοῦ βασιλέως λέγεται πέφευγεν.
4. φασὶ τοὺς καταλιπόντα πάντας τὴν ὁδὸν φυγεῖν.
5. τὴν τῶν Πέρσων φιλίαν εἱλεῖτο.
|
|
| 613. |
παρεκελεύοντο δὲ Κύρῳ πάντες μὴ μάχεσθαι, ἀλλ’
ὄπισθεν ἑαυτῶν τάττεσθαι. ἐν δὲ τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ
Κλέαρχος ὧδέ πως ἐρωτᾷ τὸν Κῦρον· “Οἴει γὰρ σοι
μαχεῖσθαι, ὦ Κῦρε, τὸν ἀδελφόν;” “Νὴ Δί,” ἔφη ὁ
Κῦρος, “εἴπερ γε Δαρείου καὶ Παρυσάτιδός ἐστι παῖς,
ἐμὸς δὲ ἀδελφός, οὐκ ἀμαχεὶ ταῦτ’ ἐγὼ λήψομαι.”
Everyone urged Cyrus not to fight in person, but to line up behind them.
So Clearchus asks Cyrus something like the following: “Do you expect
to fight your brother, Cyrus?” “Yes, by Zeus,” said
Cyrus, “If he really is a child of Darius and Parysatis,
and (he is) my brother, not without a stroke of my sword will I seize these things.”
|
|
LXVI
616. |
1. ἱππέας δὲ εἴκοσιν ἤγαγε, καὶ προσελθὼν ἠρώτησε ποῦ ἂν ἴδοι τοὺς στρατηγούς.
2. τετάρτῃ δ’ ἡμέρᾳ ἔφυγον εἰς χωρίον ἰσχυρόν.
3. καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ὠφείλετο μισθὸς πλέον ἢ τριῶν μηνῶν.
4. ἢν γὰρ ἅπαξ δύο ἢ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδὸν ἀπόσχωμεν, οὐκέτι οἱ πολέμιοι ἡμῖν ἕψονται.
5. οὕτω δὴ στρατηγοὶ πέντε ἀποτμηθέντες τὰς κεφαλὰς ἐτελεύτησαν.
6. καὶ ἐξελαύνει σταθμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας εἴκοσι καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τὸν Μαίανδρον ποταμόν·
τούτου ἦν τὸ εὖρος δύο πλέθρα.
7. καὶ ἧκε Κλέαρχος ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος φυγὰς ἔχων ὁπλίτας χιλίους καὶ πελταστὰς Θρᾷκας
ὀκτακοσίους καὶ τοξότας Κρῆτας διακοσίους.
8. ἐνταῦθα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας δέκα, καὶ ἐξέτασις ἐν τῇ ἐξοπλισίᾳ ἐγίγνετο καὶ ἀριθμός,
καὶ ἐγένοντο ὀκτακισχίλιοι καὶ ἑξακόσιοι.
9. ἐνταῦθα τὸν ἐγκέφαλον τοῦ φοίνικος πρῶτον ἔφαγον οἱ στρατιῶται.
10. αἱρήσομαι οὖν ὑμᾶς καὶ οὔποτε ἐπεῖ οὐδεὶς ὡς ἐγὼ τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων φιλίαν εἱλόμην.
1. He led twenty cavalry, and after coming forward asked where he might see the generals.
2. On the fourth day they fled into the stronghold.
3. And more than three months' pay was due the soldiers.
4. For if we immediately distance ourselves two or three days journey, the enemy would no longer give us chase.
5. And so it was that five generals came to an end, their heads having been removed.
6. And he marches on three days' journey, twenty two parasangs, to the Meander river, the width of which was two plethra.
7. And Clearchus the Lacedaemonion exile came, having a thousand hoplites, eight hundred Thracian targeteers, and two hundred Cretan bowmen.
8. They waited in this place ten days. An inspection under arms was made and a count, which turned out to be eight thousand and six hundred (men).
9. There the cabbage of the date palm first ate the soldiers.
10. Therefore I shall choose you and ain't nobody gonna say that I preferred the friendship of the Persians.
|
|
| 617. |
1. The army asked Cyrus for four months' pay.
2. He had more than forty cavalrymen in his force.
3. But another general also was there on board the ships with seven hundred heavy-armed men.
4. The king was said to have six thousand cavalrymen.
5. He proceeded thence three stages, fifteen parasangs, to the river Euphrates, which is four stades in width.
1. ἡ στρατιὰ ᾔτησαν τὸν Κῦρον τεττάρων μηνῶν μισθόν.
2. ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι ἦσαν πλέον τετταράκοντα ἱππέων.
3. ἀλλὰ παρῆν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν νεῶν ἄλλος στρατηγὸς ἔχων ἑπτακόσιους ὁπλίτας.
4. ἐλέγοντο ἑξακισχίλιοι ἱππεῖς ἦσαν τῷ βασιλεῖ.
5. ἐντεῦθεν σταθμοὺς τρεῖς ἐπορεύετο, παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα, ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμὸν,
οὗ τὸ εὖρος τεττάρων σταδίων ἦν.
|
|
| 618. |
ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἐν τῇ ἐξοπλισίᾳ ἀριθμὸς ἐγένετο τῶν μὲν
Ἑλλήνων ἀσπὶς μυρία καὶ τετρακοσία, πελτασταὶ δὲ
δισχίλιοι καὶ πεντακόσιοι, τῶν δὲ μετὰ Κύρου βαρβάρων
δέκα μυριάδες καὶ ἅρματα δρεπανηφόρα ἀμφὶ τὰ εἴκοσι·
τῶν δὲ πολεμίων ἐλέγοντο εἶναι ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι μυριάδες
καὶ ἅρματα δρεπανηφόρα διακόσια. ἄλλοι δὲ ἦσαν ἑξακισχίλιοι
ἱππεῖς, ὧν Ἀρταγέρσης ἦρχεν· οὗτοι δ’ αὖ πρὸ
αὐτοῦ βασιλέως τεταγμένοι ἦσαν. τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως
στρατεύματος ἦσαν ἄρχοντες καὶ στρατηγοὶ καὶ ἡγεμόνες τέτταρες,
τριάκοντα μυριάδων ἕκαστος.
So there, with the troops under arms, the number of the Greeks
was found to be ten thousand four hundred shield and two thousand five hundred peltasts, and
of the barbarians with Cyrus, one hundred thousand and about twenty scyth-bearing chariots.
And enemies' (numbers) were reported to be one million two hundred thousand and two hundred scyth-bearing chariots. Additionally, there were six thousand cavalry which Artagerses was leading;
these moreover arranged in defense of the king himself. And there were commanders of the king's army,
both generals and leaders four, three hundred thousand (men) each.
|
|
LXVII
630. |
1. τριήρεις ἤκουε τὸν στρατηγὸν ἔχοντα.
2. στρατιώτας ἐστάλκαμεν τὸν χιλὸν καύσοντας.
3. τὰ παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων βασιλεῖ φησιν ἀπηγγελκέναι.
4. πάντες δὲ οἱ παρόντες ἀνατετάκασι τὰς χεῖρας.
5. ἐφθάρκατε τὴν χώραν.
6. ἐπεὶ δὲ τοὺς βαρβάρους ἑώρων οἱ Ἕλληνες οὐχ ἑαυτοῖς ἐπιστρατεύοντας, ἥσθησαν.
7. ἐν Μιλήτῳ δὲ Τισσαφέρνης ᾐσθάνετο τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τὰ αὐτὰ βουλευομένους.
8. τοὺς ἱππέας ἀνεστάλκεσαν οἱ ὁπλῖται.
9. εἰ οὖν ὁρῴην ὑμᾶς ἄμεινόν τι βουλευομένους, ἔλθοιμι ἂν πρὸς ὑμᾶς.
10. ἐτετάκεσαν οἱ πολέμιοι πολλῷ πλήθει καὶ θορύβῳ ἄνω πρὸς τὸ ὄρος.
11. καὶ ἕνα γε λοχαγὸν διεφθαρκότας αὐτοὺς ἀκούομεν.
12. ᾔσθοντο τοὺς γυμνῆτας τὰς κώμας ἤδη διηρπακότας.
1. He heard the general had triremes.
2. We have sent soldiers to burn the fodder.
3. He says he has reported the Greek's decision to the king.
4. All present voted by a show of hands.
5. You have destroyed the land.
6. When the Greeks saw that the barbarians were not marching against them, they were glad.
7. In Miletus Tissaphernes perceived the enemy planning the same things.
8. The hoplites had repulsed the cavalry.
9. So if I should see you wanting something better, I will return to you.
10. The enemy had pressed on in a great multitude and disturbance up the mountain.
11. We also hear that they have corrupted at least one captain.
12. He learned that the light-armed foot-soldiers had already sacked the villages.
|
|
| 631. |
1. His wife has persuaded him.
2. He says that they have sent many light-armed foot-soldiers.
3. I have judged these men to be in the wrong.
4. For he heard that Cyrus was dead.
5. I saw that you were suffering harm.
1. ἡ γυνὴ αὐτὸν πέπεικεν.
2. γυμνῆτας πολλούς φησι αὐτοὺς ἐσταλκέναι.
3. ἀδικεῖν τούτους τοὺς ἄνδρας κέκρικα.
4. ἤκουσε γὰρ Κῦρον τεθνηκότα.
5. εἶδον ὅτι κακῶς ἔπασχες.
|
|
| 632. |
τῶν δὲ πολεμίων παρεγένοντο ἐν τῇ μάχῃ ἐνενήκοντα
μυριάδες καὶ ἅρματα δρεπανηφόρα ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα·
Ἀβροκόμας δὲ τῶν τεττάρων ἀρχόντων ὢν ὑστέρησε
τῆς μάχης ἡμέραις πέντε, ἐκ Φοινίκης ἐλαύνων.
ταῦτα δὲ ἤγγελλον πρὸς Κῦρον οἱ αὐτομολήσαντες παρὰ
μεγάλου βασιλέως πρὸ τῆς μάχης, καὶ μετὰ τὴν μάχην οἳ
ὕστερον ἐλήφθησαν τῶν πολεμίων ταὐτὰ ἤγγελλον.
From the enemy there arrived at the battle nine hundred thousand (men)
and one hundred and fifty scythe-bearing chariots.
Of the four chiefs, Abrocomas was five days too late for the engagement,
having ridden from Phoenicia.
Those who had deserted from the great king
reported this to Cyrus before the battle, and after the battle those who
were later captured from the enemy reported the same thing.
|
|
LXVIII
639. |
1. τὰ δὲ ἄλλα εἰς τὸ πῦρ ἐρρίφαμεν.
2. τοῖς οὖν θεοῖς χάρις ἔστω ὅτι ἡμᾶς οὐ βεβλάφασιν οἱ πολέμιοι.
3. εἰκαζον τὴν χιόνα τετηκέναι· καὶ ἐτετήκει διὰ κρήνην ἣ πλησίον ἦν ἐν νάπῃ.
4. εἶπον ὅτι Κῦρον ἀπεκτόνοι βασιλεύς.
5. φυγῇ ἔφη αὐτοὺς λελοιπέναι τὸ χωρίον.
6. ᾔσθετο γὰρ τοὺς πολεμίους ἤδη εἰληφότας τὰ ἄκρα.
7. πεπόμφασί με ἄνδρες πιστοὶ ὄντες Κύρῳ καὶ ὐμῖν εὖνοι.
8. ἐν δὲ τῇ πολεμίᾳ διατέτριφεν ἡμέρας πολλάς.
9. λάθρᾳ δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐπεπόμφει Κύρῳ ἄγγελον.
10. τοὺς πεζοὺς ἐπὶ ταῖς ὄχθαις τέταχεν ἄνω τῶν ἱππέων.
11. Κῦρος οὔτε ἄλλον πέπομφε σημανοῦντα ὅ τι χρὴ ποιεῖν οὔτε αὐτὸς πέφηνεν.
12. ταύτην τὴν χώραν ἐπετετρόφει διαρπάσαι τοῖς Ἕλλησι πλὴν ἀνδραπόδων.
1. But we have cast the other things into the fire.
2. So let there be gratitude to the gods that the enemy has not harmed us.
3. They supposed the snow to have melted; and it had melted on account of the spring which was in a ravine nearby.
4. They said that the king had killed Cyrus.
5. He said they left the region by flight.
6. Because he perceived the enemy had already taken the heights.
7. Men faithful to Cyrus and well-disposed to you have sent me.
8. He has passed many days in enemy territory.
9. Unbeknownst to the soldiers, Cyrus had sent a messenger.
10. He has arranged his foot soldiers on the heights above the cavalry.
11. Cyrus has neither sent another who will indicate, nor has he himself explained, what needs to be done.
12. He had handed over this territory, except for the captives, to the Greeks to be plundered.
|
|
| 640. |
1. The enemy have not escaped.
2. He has sent many gifts to Menon.
3. But the satrap had written a letter to the king.
4. He said that he had sent a guide to the army.
5. He announces that the guide has stolen the money.
1. οἱ πολεμίοι οὐκ ἀποπεφεύγασιν.
2. τῷ Μένωνι πόλλα δῶρα πέπομφε.
3. Ἀλλὰ ὁ σατράπης ἐπιστολὴν τῷ βασιλεῖ ἐγεγράφει.
4. ἔλεξεν ὅτι ἡγεμόνα ἐπεπόμφει τῇ στρατίᾳ.
5. ἀγγέλλει ἡγεμόνα κεκλοφότα τὸ ἀργύριον.
|
|
| 641. |
ἐντεῦθεν Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει συντεταγμένῳ τῷ στρατεύματι
παντὶ καὶ τῷ Ἑλληνικῷ καὶ τῷ βαρβαρικῷ· ᾤετο γὰρ
ταύτη τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μαχεῖσθαι βασιλέα· κατὰ γὰρ μέσον τὸν
σταθμὸν τοῦτον τάφρος ἦν ὀρυκτὴ βαθεῖα, παρετέτατο δὲ
ἄνω διὰ τοῦ πεδίου μέχρι τοῦ Μηδίας τείχους. ἦν δὲ παρὰ
τὸν Εὐφράτην πάροδος στενὴ μεταξὺ τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς
τάφρου· ταύτην δὲ τὴν τάφρον βασιλεὺς μέγας ποιεῖ ἀντὶ
ἐρύματος, ἐπειδὴ πυνθάνεται Κῦρον προσελαύνοντα.
Cyrus marches hence, with all his soldiers drawn up in battle formation,
both Greek and Persian; for he believed he would fight the king that day,
because about the middle of that day's march there was an trench, dug deep,
and had stretched up through the plain as far as the Median wall.
There was along the Euphrates a narrow passage between the river and
the trench; and this trench the great king made instead of a protective wall,
when he learned about Cyrus marching towards (them).
|
|
LXIX
645. |
1. οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐγγύς τέ εἰσι καὶ παρατεταγμένοι.
2. διέσπαστο γὰρ τὰ στρατεύματα.
3. ἐπύθετο δὲ τάφρον ὀρωρυγμένην διὰ τοῦ πεδίου.
4. τῷ δὲ ἀνδρὶ τούτῳ ἡδέως πέπεισμαι.
5. Κῦρον δέ φασι τῷ μάντει ὑπεσχῆσθαι χρυσίον πολύ.
6. εἵποντο δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι τῶν Περσῶν τεθωρακισμένοι εἰς τριακοσίους.
7. πολλάκις γὰρ ἐν νυκτὶ πορευόμενος ἀπέσπασμαι ἀπὸ τῶν πεζῶν.
8. πόσοι τῶν ἀνδραπόδων ὑπολελείψονται;
9. καὶ ὅστις ὑμῶν βούλεται οἴκαδε ἀπελθεῖν, μεμνήσθω ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς εἶναι.
10. ἤλαυνεν ἐπὶ τοὺς Μένωνος στρατιώτας, ὥστ’ ἐκείνους ἐκπεπλῆχθαι καὶ τρέχειν ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα.
1. The Greeks are near and have been arranged for battle.
2. Because the armies had become separated.
3. He learned that a trench had been dug through the plain.
4. I have gladly obeyed this man.
5. They say Cyrus has promised much gold to the seer.
6. And following were the rest of the Persians, wearing corselets, to the number of three hundred.
7. For often while following during the night, I was separated from the infantry.
8. How many of the captives will have been left behind?
9. And whoever of you wishes to go home, let him be remembered (as) a brave man.
10. He marched against the soldiers of Menon, so that were terrified and ran for their arms.
|
|
| 646. |
1. I had been shot through my corselet.
2. The army will have been cut to pieces.
3. He says that the Greeks have obeyed their commanders in all (particulars).
4. All had often urged Cyrus not to fight.
5. Cyrus and his horsemen had been armed with corselets.
1. διὰ τοῦ θώρακος ἐτετοξεύμην.
2. τὸ στράτευμα κατακεκόψεται.
3. φησὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας πέπεισμαι τοῖς ἄρχουσι πάντα.
4. πάντες πολλάκις διελελεγμένοι ἦσαν μὴ μάχεσθαι τῷ Κύρῳ.
5. Κῦρός τε καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς τεθωρακισμένοι ἦσαν.
|
|
| 647. |
ταύτην δὴ πάροδον Κῦρός τε καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ
παρῆλθε καὶ ἐγένοντο εἴσω τῆς τάφρου. ταύτῃ μὲν οὖν
τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οὐκ ἐμαχέσατο βασιλεύς. ἐνταῦθα Κῦρος
Σιλανὸν καλέσας τὸν μάντιν ἔδωκεν δαρεικοὺς τρισχιλίους,
ὅτι τῇ ἑνδεκάτῃ ἀπ’ ἐκείνης ἡμέρᾳ προθυόμενος
εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὅτι βασιλεὺς οὐ μαχεῖται δέκα ἡμερῶν, Κῦρος
δ’ εἶπεν, “Οὐκ ἄρα ἔτι μαχεῖται, εἰ ἐν ταύταις οὐ μαχεῖται
ταῖς ἡμέραις· ἐὰν δ’ ἀληθεύσῃς, ὑπισχνοῦμαί σοι δέκα
τάλαντα.” τοῦτο τὸ χρυσίον τότε ἔδωκεν, ἐπεὶ παρῆλθον
αἱ δέκα ἡμέραι.
Cyrus as well as his army rode along this passage and got inside the trench.
So the king did not give battle on that day. Thereupon Cyrus
having summoned Silanus the Soothsayer, gave him three thousand darics,
because on the eleventh day before that day he said to him during a sacrifice
that the king would not fight within ten days. And Cyrus said, “Then he
will not fight at all, if he does not fight within that time. If you speak the truth,
I promise you ten talents.” He then gave him this money, since the ten days had passed.
|
|
LXX
653. |
1. θαυμάζω ὅτι οὐδαμοῦ Κῦρος πέφανται.
2. παρήγγελτο δὲ τοῖς ἱππεῦσι θαρροῦσι διώκειν.
3. καὶ ταῦτα ἀκούσας ἐταράχθη σφόδρα καὶ ἠρώτησεν εἰ ἤδη ἀποκεκριμένοι εἶεν.
4. οἱ δ’ ἱππεῖς ἐσπαρμένοι εἰσίν.
5. συνηγμένοι ἦσαν τῶν διεσπαρμένων οἱ πλεῖστοι.
6. Κλέαρχος δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἡγεῖτο κατὰ τὰ παρηγγελμένα, οἱ δ’ εἵποντο.
7. ἀπεσταλμένοι εἰσὶν οἱ ἄγγελοι καὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς στρατηγός τις αγαθός.
8. ἐλείποντο δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν οἱ διεφθαρμένοι ὑπὸ τῆς χιόνος τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς.
9. τοὺς δὲ Κρῆτας ἔφη ἀπεστάλθαι.
10. περὶ σωτηρίας ἡμῖν θυομένοις οἰωνὸς τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ σωτῆρος πέφανται.
1. I wonder that Cyrus has nowhere shown himself.
2. Orders had been given to the calvarymen to go in pursuit courageously.
3. And hearing these things he became exceedingly agitated and asked if they had already answered.
4. The horsemen have been scattered.
5. Most of the dispersed had been collected.
6. Clearchus led the rest according to orders, and the others following.
7. The messengers had been sent and with them a brave general.
8. The soldiers who had had their eyes blinded by the snow were left behind.
9. He said the Cretans had been sent away.
10. An omen of Zeus the saviour appeared to us while sacrificing for deliverance.
|
|
| 654. |
1. Boats had already been despatched to the army by Cyrus.
2. But the charioteers have been dispersed.
3. The army has been corrupted.
4. None have appeared (who are) able to help us.
5. Orders had been given the peltasts to follow.
1. πλοῖα τῷ στρατεύματι ἤδη ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ὑπὸ τοῦ Κύρου.
2. ἀλλ’ οἱ ἱππεῖς ἐσπαρμένοι εἰσίν.
3. ἡ στρατιὰ διεφθαρται.
4. οὐδένες ἱκανοὶ ὠφελεῖν ἡμᾶς πεφασμένοι εἰσίν.
5. οἱ πελτασταὶ παρηγγελμένοι ἦσαν σπέσθαι.
|
|
| 655. |
ἐπεὶ δ’ ἐπὶ τῇ τάφρῳ οὐκ ἐκώλυε βασιλεὺς τὸ Κύρου
στράτευμα διαβαίνειν, ἔδοξε καὶ Κύρῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις οὐ
μέλλειν μαχεῖσθαι· ὥστε τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ Κῦρος ἐπορεύετο
ἠμελημένως μᾶλλον. τῇ δὲ τρίτῃ ἐπί τε τοῦ ἅρματος
καθήμενος τὴν πορείαν ἐποιεῖτο καὶ ὀλίγους ἐν τάξει ἔχων
πρὸ αὑτοῦ, τὸ δὲ πολὺ αὐτῷ ἀνατεταραγμένον ἐπορεύετο
καὶ τῶν ὅπλων τοῖς στρατιώταις πολλὰ ἐπὶ ἁμαξῶν ἤγετο
καὶ ὑποζυγίων.
Since the king did not attempt to prevent Cyrus's army crossing over the ditch,
he seemed to Cyrus and the others not to intend to fight;
so the next day Cyrus proceeded more carelessly. On the third day,
he made the journey sitting in his chariot and having a few men lined up before him,
while the bulk of his troops were marching in disarray and many of the soldiers' arms
were being carried in wagons and on pack animals.
|
|
LXXI
665. |
1. ᾐσχύνθημεν καὶ θεοὺς καὶ ἀνθρώπους τὸν ἡγεμόνα δῆσαι.
2. ἠρώτων πολλοὶ εἰ ἡσθήσεται βασιλεύς, ἐὰν οἴκαδε πορευώμεθα.
3. Κῦρος γὰρ ἐνόμιζεν ὅσῳ θᾶττον ἔλθοι, τοσούτῳ ἀπαρασκευοτέρῳ βασιλεῖ μαχεῖσθαι.
4. κατασχίσειν τε τὰς πύλας ἔφασαν, εἰ μὴ ἑκόντες ἀνοίξειαν.
5. ἔνθα πολλὴν σωφροσύνην ἐδιδάχθησαν οἱ παῖδες.
6. Κῦρος ὑπέσχετο αὐτοῖς, εἰ καλῶς καταπράξειε τὸν στόλον, μὴ πρόσθεν παύσεσθαι πρὶν αὐτοὺς καταγάγοι οἴκαδε.
7. καὶ πολλοὶ ἐτρώθησαν τῶν πελταστῶν.
8. οὗτος δ’ εἶπεν ὅτι φλυαροίη ὅστις λέγοι ἄλλως πως σωτηρίας ἂν τυχεῖν.
9. οἱ μὲν δὴ στρατηγοὶ οὕτω ληφθέντες ἤχθησαν πρὸς βασιλέα καὶ ἀποτμηθέντες τὰς κεφαλὰς ἐτελεύτησαν.
10. τοῦτο δὴ δεῖ λέγειν, πῶς ἂν πορευοίμεθά τε ὡς ἀσφαλέστατα καὶ εἰ μάχεσθαι δέοι ὡς κράτιστα μαχοίμεθα.
1. We felt ashamed before both gods and men to have fettered the guide.
2. Many were asking if the king will be pleased, if we were to march home.
3. For Cyrus thought the faster he went, the more unprepared the king would be to fight.
4. They said they would break through the gates, if they would not open them of their own accord.
5. There the children were taught much self-control.
6. Cyrus promised them, if he accomplishes his aim, not to stop until he brought them back home.
7. And many of the targeteers were wounded.
8. And he proclaimed that whoever claimed to obtain salvation any other way was talking nonsense.
9. The generals having been thus captured, were taken before the king and beheaded.
10. There is need to discuss how we should proceed as safely as possible, and if it is necessary to fight, how we might fight as well as possible.
|
|
| 666. |
1. The soldiers were drawn up and forced to proceed.
2. But the enemy flee in fear that they will be encircled on both sides.
3. You will be forced to open the gates.
4. If these should be worsted, nobody would be left.
5. He promised him that if he would come he would make him a friend to Cyrus.
1. οἱ ταχθέντες στρατιῶται ἐβιάσαντο πορεύεσθαι.
2. ἀλλ’ οἱ πολέμιοι φευγοῦσι μὴ κυκλωθείησαν ἑκατέρωθεν.
3. τὰς πύλας βιασθήσεται ἀνοίξειν.
4. εἰ ταῦτα ἡττῷντο, οὐκ οὐδεῖς ἂν μένοιεν.
5. ὑπέσχετο δ’ αὐτῷ, εἰ ἔλθοι φίλον αὐτὸν Κύρῳ ποιήσειν.
|
|
| 667. |
καὶ ἤδη τε ἦν ἀμφὶ ἀγορὰν πλήθουσαν καὶ πλησίον
ἦν ὁ σταθμὸς ἔνθα Κῦρος ἔμελλε καταλύειν, ἡνίκα ἀνὴρ
Πέρσης προφαίνεται ἐλαύνων ἀνὰ κράτος καὶ εὐθὺς πᾶσιν
οἷς ἐνετύγχανεν ἐβόα καὶ βαρβαρικῶς καὶ Ἑλληνικῶς ὅτι
βασιλεὺς σὺν στρατεύματι πολλῷ προσέρχεται ὡς
εἰς μάχην παρεσκευασμένος. ἔνθα δὴ πολὺς τάραχος
ἐγένετο· αὐτίκα γὰρ ἐδόκουν οἱ Ἕλληνες καὶ πάντες δὲ
ἀτάκτοις σφίσιν ἐπιπεσεῖσθαι.
And it was now about the time of full market and
the stopping-place where Cyrus was intending to halt was near,
when a Persian man came into sight, riding at full speed and
shouted to everyone he met, both in the barbarian tongue and in Greek that
the king was approaching with many soldiers as if ready for battle.
Then much confusion arose; for the Greeks and everyone else thought he
would fall upon them immediately, with themselves in disorder.
|
|
LXXII
674. |
1. Κῦρος ἐπλήγη παλτῷ ὑπὸ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν βιαίως.
2. εἰ πορευθείη ἐπὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας, ἐκπλαγεῖεν ἄν.
3. ἐφάνη κονιορτὸς ὥσπερ νεφέλη λευκή.
4. οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον οἱ λοχαγοὶ κατακοπήσονται.
5. ὅμως δὲ λέξον, ἔφη, ἐκ τίνος ἐπλήγης.
6. ἐνταῦθα οἱ πελτασταὶ ἐδίωκον μέχρι τὸ δεξιὸν αὖ διεσπάρη.
7. τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ οὐκ ἐφάνησαν οἱ πολέμιοι, οὐδὲ τῇ τρίτῃ.
8. ὡς ἡ τροπὴ ἐγένετο, διεσπάρησαν καὶ οἱ Κύρου ἑξακόσιοι εἰς τὸ διώκειν ὁρμήσαντες.
9. ἔφασαν τοὺς λόχους κατακοπῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν Κιλίκων.
10. εἰ μέντοι πλείους συλλεγεῖεν, κινδυνεύσειεν ἂν διαφθαρῆναι πολὺ τοῦ στρατεύματος.
11. καὶ ἐβουλευόμεθα σὺν τούτοις πῶς ἂν ταφείησαν οἱ τῶν Ἑλλήνων νεκροί.
1.Cyrus was struck violently in the eye by a spear.
2. If he should be carried to the soldiers, they would be terrified.
3. A cloud of dust like a white cloud was seen.
4. Not much later, the captains will be slain.
5. “Nevertheless, tell us,” he said, “why you were struck.”
6. Thereupon the peltasts pursued until the right wing had been scattered again.
7. On the next day the enemy was not seen, neither on the third day.
8. When the rout came, the six hundred of Cyrus, starting out in pursuit, also became scattered.
9. They said the captains were cut down by the Cilicians.
10. If, however, more had been assembled, much of the army would have been in danger of being destroyed.
11. And we planned with them how they might bury the Greek dead.
|
|
| 675. |
1. The general appeared again with a thousand horsemen.
2. The barbarians turned and fled.
3. The soldiers came together and deliberated.
4. Show yourselves the bravest of the captains.
5. If the army should be scattered, it would be destroyed by the enemy.
1. ὀ στραγηγὸς πάλιν πέφανται μετὰ χιλίων ἱππέων.
2. οἱ στρεφθέντες βάρβαροι ἔφυγον.
3. οἱ λεχθέντες στρατιῶται ἐβούλευσαν.
4. φηνῆτε οἱ ἄριστοι τῶν λοχαγῶν.
5. εἰ ἡ στρατία διεσπαρείη, αὐτη ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων διαφθαρείη ἄν.
|
|
| 676. |
καὶ Κῦρος ἐθωρακίζετο καὶ τὰ παλτὰ εἰς τὰς χεῖρας
ἔλαβε, τοῖς τε ἄλλοις πᾶσι παρήγγελλεν ἐξοπλίζεσθαι.
ἔνθα δὴ σὺν πολλῇ σπουδῇ ἐτάττοντο, Κλέαρχος μὲν τὸ
δεξιὸν τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ ἔχων πρὸς τῷ Εὐφράτῃ ποταμῷ,
Πρόξενος δὲ ἐχόμενος, οἱ δ’ ἄλλοι μετὰ τοῦτον, Μένων δὲ
καὶ τὸ στράτευμα τὸ εὐώνυμον κέρας ἔσχε τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ.
τοῦ δὲ βαρβαρικοῦ ἱππεῖς μὲν Παφλαγόνες εἰς χιλίους παρὰ
Κλέαρχον ἐταχθησαν ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ καὶ τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν
πελταστικόν, ἐν δὲ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ Ἀριαῖός τε ὁ Κύρου
ὕπαρχος καὶ τὸ ἄλλο βαρβαρικόν.
And Cyrus, putting on his breastplate, and took his spear in his hands,
and passed the word to all the others to arm themselves.
Thereupon with much haste they began to take their posts, Clearchus
having the right wing of the Greeks, towards the Euphrates river,
Proxenus being next to him, and the others behind him,
and Menon his army had left of the Greek wing.
As for the barbarians, the Paphlagonian horsemen to the number of a thousand
were arranged next to Clearchus on the right wing,
as did the Greek peltast force.
On the left was Ariaeus, Cyrus' lieutenant, and the rest of the barbarian army,
|
|
LXXIII
686. |
1.εἰς καλὸν ἥκετε· ἐπὶ γὰρ τὸ ὄρος πορευτέον.
2. σκεπτέον μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ὅπως τὰ ὅπλα ἕξομεν, τὰ δόρατα καὶ τὰ ξίφη καὶ τὰ ἄλλα.
3. καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς ἐλάνθανον αὑτοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ γηλόφῳ γενόμενοι.
4. οὐκ ἂν εἴη θαυμαστὸν εἰ τύχοιεν ταῦτα μαθόντες.
5. οὗτος δὲ τεταγμένος ἐτύγχανεν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνυμῳ τοῦ ἱππικοῦ ἄρχων.
6. ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, τὴν πορείαν πεζῇ ποιητέον· οὐ γὰρ ἐστι πλοῖα.
7. παρῆν δὲ καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιός τις ἐπὶ τῶν νεῶν, μετάπεμπτος ὑπὸ Κύρου.
8. καὶ φθάνουσιν ἐπὶ τῷ ἄκρῳ γενόμενοι τοὺς πολεμίους.
9. ἡμῖν δὲ πάντα ποιητέα ὡς μήποτ’ ἐπὶ τοῖς βαρβάροις γενώμεθα.
10. ἐγὼ δὲ ὑμῶν τὸν οἴκαδε βουλόμενον ἀποπορεύεσθαι τοῖς οἴκοι ζηλωτὸν ποιήσω.
1. You arrived at the right moment; for there is a mountain to be climbed.
2. I must consider how we will carry arms -- spears, swords, and other things.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
|
|
| 687. |
1. This it seems to me must be considered.
2. On the following day the generals resolved that they must advance through the mountains.
3. For there are many (reasons) why I must not do this.
4. It would not be surprising if Cyrus should think that he must pursue these men.
5. He says that the generals ought to consider what the hindrance is.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
|
|
| 688. |
Κῦρος δὲ καὶ οἱ ἱππεῖς τούτου ὅσον ἑξακόσιοι ὡπλισμένοι
ἦσαν θώραξι μὲν αὐτοὶ καὶ παραμηριδίοις καὶ κράνεσι
πάντες πλὴν Κύρου· Κῦρος δὲ ψιλὴν εἶχε τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐν
τῇ μάχῃ. οἱ δ’ ἵπποι πάντες οἱ μετὰ Κύρου εἶχον καὶ
προμετωπίδια καὶ προστερνίδια· εἶχον δὲ καὶ μαχαίρας
οἱ ἱππεῖς Ἑλληνικάς. καὶ ἤδη τε ἦν μέσον ἡμέρας καὶ
οὔπω καταφανεῖς ἦσαν οἱ πολέμιοι· ἡνίκα δὲ δείλη
ἐγίγνετο, ἐφάνη κονιορτὸς ὥσπερ νεφέλη λευκή, χρόνῳ
δὲ πολλῷ ὕστερον ὥσπερ μελανία τις ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ
ἐπὶ πολύ.
|
|
|
|
Note: This page uses the Greek unicode character set, with the BosporosU, KadmosU, or Palatino Linotype font face. It should be readable in most browsers. NB: If the Greek script appears ugly (the Microsoft default), download and install one or more of these fonts.
Related Links
|
